Is 875 All in One

IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987
( Incorporating IS : 1911-1967 )
(Reaffirmed 1997)
Edition 3.1
(1997-12)
Indian Standard
C O D E O F P R A C T IC E F O R
D E S IG N L O A D S (O T H E R T H A N E A R T H Q U A K E )
F O R B U IL D IN G S A N D S T R U C T U R E S
PART 1
DEAD LOADS UNIT WEIGHTS OF BUILDING MATERIALS AND

STORED MATERIALS
( Second Revision )
(Incorporating Amendment No. 1)
UDC 624.042 : 006.76
BIS 2002
BUREAU
OF INDIAN
STANDARDS
MANAK BHAVAN , 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG

NEW DELHI 110002
Price Group 12
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

CONTENTS
PAGE
0. FOREWORD
1. SCOPE
2. BUILDING MATERIALS
TABLE 1 UNIT WEIGHT OF BUILDING MATERIALS

1. Acoustical material
2. Aggregate, coarse
3. Aggregate, fine
4. Aggregate, organic
5. Asbestos
6. Asbestos cement building pipes
7. Asbestos cement gutters
8. Asbestos cement pressure pipes
9. Asbestos cement sheeting
10. Bitumen
11. Blocks
12. Boards
13. Bricks
14. Brick chips and broken bricks
15. Brick dust ( SURKHI )
16. Cast iron, manhole covers
17. Cast iron, manhole frames
18. Cast iron pipes
19. Cement
20. Cement concrete, plain
21. Cement concrete, prestressed
22. Cement concrete, reinforced
23. Cement concrete pipes
24. Cement mortar
25. Cement plaster
26. Cork
27. Expanded metal
28. Felt, bituminous for waterproofing and damp-proofing
29. Foam slag, foundry pumice
30. Glass
31. Gutters, asbestos cement
32. Gypsum
33. Iron
34. Lime
35. Linoleum
36. Masonry brick
37. Masonry, stone
38. Mastic asphalt
39. Metal sheeting, protected
40. Mortar
41. Pipes
42. Plaster
43. Sheeting
44. Slagwool
1
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
16
16
17
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

PAGE
17
17
25
25
25
26
26
26
26
28
28
45. Soils and gravels

46. Steel sections
47. Stone
48. Tar, coal
49. Thermal insulation
50. Terra cotta
51. Terrazzo
52. Tiles
53. Timber
54. Water
55. Wood-wool building slabs
3. BUILDING PARTS AND COMPONENTS
TABLE 2 UNIT WEIGHTS OF BUILDING PARTS OR COMPONENTS
1. Ceilings
2. Cement concrete, plain
3. Cement concrete, reinforced
4. Damp-proofing
5. Earth filling
6. Finishing
7. Flooring
8. Roofing
9. Walling
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
30
31
4. STORE AND MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
31
APPENDIX A UNIT WEIGHTS OF STORE AND MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

1. Agricultural and food products
2. Chemicals and allied materials
3. Fuels
4. Manures
5. Metals and alloys
6. Miscellaneous materials
7. Ores
8. Textiles, paper and allied materials
32
33
33
34
34
36
37
37
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987
Indian Standard
C O D E O F P R A C T IC E F O R
D E S IG N L O A D S (O T H E R T H A N E A R T H Q U A K E ) F O R
B U IL D IN G S A N D S TR U C T U R E S
PART 1
DEAD LOADS UNIT WEIGHTS OF BUILDING MATERIALS AND

STORED MATERIALS
( Second Revision )
0.
FOREWORD
0.1 This Indian Standard (Part 1) (Second

Revision) was adopted by the Bureau of Indian
Standards on 30 October 1987, after the draft
finalized by the Structural Safety Sectional
Committee had been approved by the Civil
Engineering Division Council.
w eights and m easurem ents w as adopted.

0.3.1 With the increased adoption of the code, a
number of comments were received on
provisions on live load values adopted for
different occupancies. Simultaneously, live load
surveys have been carried out in America and
Canada to arrive at realistic live loads based on
actual determination of loading (movable and
immovable) in different occupancies. Keeping
this in view and other developments in the field
of wind engineering, the Sectional Committee
responsible for the preparation of the standard
has decided to prepare the second revision in
the following five parts:
Part 1 Dead loads
Part 2 Imposed loads
Part 3 Wind loads
Part 4 Snow loads
Part 5 Special
loads
and
loads
combinations
Earthquake load is covered in a separate
standard, namely IS : 1893-1984* which should
be considered along with the above loads.
0.4 This standard deals with dead loads to be
assumed in the design of buildings and same is
given in the form of unit weight of materials.
The unit weight of other materials that are
likely to be stored in a building are also
included for the purpose of load calculations
due to stored materials.
0.4.1 This standard incorporates IS : 1911
published in 1967. The unit weight of materials
incorporated in this standard are based on
information available through published Indian
Standards and various other publications.
0.4.2 This edition 3.1 incorporates Amendment
No. 1 (December 1997). Side bar indicates
modification of the text as the result of
incorporation of the amendment.
0.4.3 T he values given in this standard have been
rounded off in accordance w ith IS : 2 - 1960.
0.2 A building has to perform m any functions

satisfactorily. A m ongst these functions are the
utility of the building for the intended use and
occupancy, structural safety, fire safety; and
com pliance w ith hygienic, sanitation, ventilation
and daylight standards. T he design of the
building is dependent upon the m inim um
requirem ents prescribed for each of the above
functions.
T he
m inim um
requirem ents
pertaining to the structural safety of buildings
are being covered in this code by w ay of laying
dow n m inim um design loads w hich have to be
assum ed for dead loads, im posed loads, snow
loads and other external loads, the structure
w ould be required to bear. S trict conform ity to
loading standards recom m ended in this code, it is
hoped, w ill not only ensure the structural safety
of the buildings w hich are being designed and
constructed in the country and thereby reduce
the hazards to life and property caused by unsafe
structures, but also elim inate the w astage caused
by assum ing unnecessarily heavy loadings.
0.3 T his Indian S tandard code of practice w as
first published in 1957 for the guidance of civil
engineers, designers and architects associated
w ith planning and design of buildings. It
included the provisions for the basic design loads
(dead loads, live loads, w ind loads and seism ic
loads) to be assum ed in the design of buildings.
In its first revision in 1964, the w ind pressure
provisions w ere m odified on the basis of studies
of w ind phenom enon and its effect on structures,
undertaken by the special com m ittee in
consultation w ith the Indian M eteorological
D epartm ent. In addition to this, new clauses on
w ind loads for butterfly type structures w ere
included; w ind pressure coefficients for sheeted
roofs both curved and sloping, w ere m odified;
seism ic load provisions w ere deleted (separate
code having been prepared) and m etric system of
*Criteria for earthquake resistanT design of structures

( third revision ).
Schedule of unit weights of building materials ( first
revision ).
Rules for rounding off numerical values ( revised ).
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

1. SCOPE
NOTE 1 Table 1 gives the unit weight mass of

individual building materials in alphabetical order;
Table 2 covers the unit weight mass of parts or
components of a building; and Appendix A gives unit
weight mass of stored materials.
1.1 This code (Part 1) covers unit weight/mass

of materials, and parts or components in a
building that apply to the determination of
dead loads in the design of buildings.
1.1.1 The unit weight/mass of materials that
are likely to be stored in a building are also
specified for the purpose of load calculations
along with angles of internal friction as
appropriate.
MATERIAL
(1)
2.1 The unit weight/mass of materials used in

building construction are specified in Table 1.
UNIT WEIGHT OF BUILDING MATERIALS

NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
WEIGHT/MASS
TABLE 1
2. BUILDING MATERIALS
mm
kN
kg
per
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
10
10
10
10
5.70 103 to 7.65 103

3.80 103
19.10 103
13.45 103
2.65
2.35
0.58 to 0.78
0.39
1.95
1.37
270
240
m2
,,
,,
,,
m3
,,
1. Acoustical Material
Eelgrass
Glass fibre
Hair
Mineral wool
Slag wool
Cork
2. Aggregate, Coarse
Broken stone ballast:
Dry, well-shaken
Perfectly wet
Shingles, 3 to 38 mm
15.70 to 18.35
18.85 to 21.95
14.35
1 600 to 1 870
1 920 to 2 240
1 460
,,
,,
,,
14.20
9.90
6.85
7.85
1 450
1 010
700
800
,,
,,
,,
,,
15.10 to 15.70
18.05
17.25 to 19.60
9.90
1 540 to 1 600
1 840
1 760 to 2 000
1 010
,,
,,
,,
,,
Broken bricks:
Fine
Coarse
Foam slag (foundry pumice)
Cinder*
3. Aggregate, Fine
Sand:
Dry, clean
River
Wet
Brick dust ( SURKHI )
4. Aggregate, Organic
Saw dust, loose
1.55
160
,,
Peat:
Dry
Sandy, compact
Wet, compact
5.50 to 6.30
7.85
13.35
560 to 640
800
1 360
,,
,,
,,
5. Asbestos
Felt
10
0.145
15
m2
10
9.40
0.02
960
2
m3
m2
Fibres:
Pressed
Sprayed
Natural
Raw
29.80
5.90 to 8.85
3 040
600 to 900
m3
,,
6. Asbestos Cement Building Pipes

( see under 41 Pipes in this table )
*Also used for filling purposes.
( Continued )
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

UNIT WEIGHT OF BUILDING MATERIALS Contd
MATERIAL
NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
(1)
WEIGHT/MASS
TABLE 1
mm
kN
kg
per
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
7. Asbestos Cement Gutters

[ see IS : 1626 (Part 2)-1980* ]
Boundry wall gutters:
400 150 250 mm
450 150 300 mm
300 150 225 mm
275 125 175 mm
12.5
12.5
12.5
10.0
0.16
0.16
0.13
0.085
16.0
16.0
13.0
8.5
m
,,
,,
,,
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
0.245
0.160
0.145
0.130
24.8
16.1
14.6
13.2
,,
,,
,,
,,
9.5
9.5
9.5
0.043
0.079
0.087
4.4
8.1
8.9
,,
,,
,,
6
6
5
0.118 to 0.130
0.118 to 0.127
0.09
12.0 to 13.3
12.0 to 13.0
9.16
m2
,,
,,
0.102
10.40
m3
8.65 to 12.55
880 to 1 280
,,
1.41
144
,,
1.41 to 0.94
144 to 96
,,
1.41 to 0.94
144 to 96
,,
Valley gutters:
900 200 225 mm
600 150 225 mm
450 125 150 mm
400 125 250 mm
Half round gutters:
150 mm
250 mm
300 mm
8. Asbestos Cement Pressure Pipes
9. Asbestos Cement Sheeting
( See IS : 459-1970 )
Corrugated (pitch = 146 mm)
Semi-corrugated (pitch = 340 mm)
Plain
10. Bitumen
11. Blocks
Lime-based solid blocks
( see IS : 3115-1978 )
Hollow (open and closed cavity concrete
blocks)
[ see IS : 2185 (Part 1)-1979 ]
Grade A
(load bearing)
Grade B
(load bearing)
Grade C
(non-load bearing)
Solid concrete blocks
17.65
1 800
10
10
0.04
0.02
4
2
6
8
10
12
0.028 to 0.047
0.038 to 0.063
0.047 to 0.078
0.056 to 0.095
2.88 to 4.80
3.84 to 6.40
4.80 to 8.00
5.76 to 9.60
,,
12. Boards
Cork boards:
Compressed
Ordinary
Fibre building boards
( see IS : 1658-1977|| )
Medium hardboard
m2
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
*Specification for asbestos cement building pipes and pipe fittings, gutters and gutter fittings and roofing fittings:
Part 2 Gutters and gutter fittings ( first revision ).
Specification for unreinforced corrugated and semi-corrugated asbestos cement sheets ( second revision ).
Specification for lime based block ( first revision ).
Specification for concrete masonry units: Part 1 Hollow and solid concrete blocks ( second revision ).
||Specification for fibre hardboards ( second revision ).
( Continued )
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

MATERIAL
NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
mm
(1)
Standard hardboard
Tempered hardboard
Fire insulation board
( see IS : 3348-1965* )
Fibre insulation board, ordinary
or flame-retardant type,
bitumen-bounded fibre
insulation board
Gypsum plaster boards
( see IS : 2095-1982 )
Insulating board (fibre)
Laminated board (fibre)
WEIGHT/MASS
TABLE 1
kN
(2)
kg
(3)
per
(4)
(5)
0.024 to 0.035
0.031 to 0.047
0.039 to 0.059
2.40 to 3.60
3.20 to 4.80
4.00 to 6.00
m3
,,
,,
0.047 to 0.071
0.071 to 0.106
0.035
0.047
0.071
0.098
4.80 to 7.20
7.20 to 10.80
3.6
4.8
7.2
10.0
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
12
6
0.069 to 0.098
0.093 to 0.147
0.110 to 0.154
0.034
0.034
7.0 to 10.0
9.5 to 15.0
11.25 to 15.75
3.5
3.5
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
4.90 to 8.85
4.90 to 8.85
4.90 to 8.85
4.90 to 8.85
3.90
0.117
0.088
0.117
0.088
3
4
5
6
9
9
12
18
25
9.5
12.5
15
Wood particle boards

( see IS : 3087-1985 )
Designation:
FPSI
FPTH
XPSO
XPTU
Wood particle boards for insulation
purposes
( see IS : 3129-1985 )
500 to 900
500 to 900
500 to 900
500 to 900
400
m3
,,
,,
,,
,,
High density wood particle boards

( see IS : 3478-1966|| )
Type 1, Grade A
Type 1, Grade B
Type 2, Grade A
Type 2, Grade B
12
9
12
9
m2
,,
,,
,,
NOTE 1 Density of medium hardboard varies from 350 to 800 kg/m3.

NOTE 2 Density of normal hardboard varies from 800 to 1 200 kg/m3.
NOTE 3 Density of tempered hardboard varies according to treatment. The actual value may be had from the
manufacturers.
NOTE 4 All the three types of hardboards are manufactured to width of 1.2 m.
13. Bricks
Common burnt clay bricks
( see IS : 1077-1987 )
Engineering bricks
Heavy duty bricks
( see IS : 2180-1985** )
Pressed bricks
Refractory bricks
Sand cement bricks
Sand lime bricks
m3
15.70 to 18.85
1 600 to 1 920
21.20
24.50
2 160
2 500
,,
,,
17.25 to 18.05
17.25 to 19.60
18.05
20.40
1 760 to 1 840
1 760 to 2 000
1 840
2 080
,,
,,
,,
,,
1 010
,,
14. Brick Chips and Broken Bricks

( see under 2 Broken bricks in this table )
15. Brick Dust ( SURKHI )
9.90
*Specification for fibre insulation boards.

Specification for gypsum plaster boards ( first revision ).
Specification for wood particle boards (medium density) for general purposes ( first revision ).
Specification for low density particle boards ( first revision ).
||Specification for high density wood particle boards.
Specification for common burnt clay building bricks ( fourth revision ).
**Specification for heavy-duty burnt clay building bricks ( second revision ).
( Continued )
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

MATERIAL
(1)
NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
mm
(2)
WEIGHT/MASS
TABLE 1
kN
kg
per
(3)
(4)
(5)
16. Cast Iron, Manhole Covers

( see IS : 1726* )
Double triangular (HD)
Circular (HD)
Circular (MD)
Rectangular (MD)
Rectangular (LD) :
Single seal (Pattern 1)
(Pattern 2)
Double seal
Square (LD) :
Single seal
Double seal
500
560
500
560
500
560
1.16
1.37
1.16
1.37
0.57
0.63
0.78
118
140
118
140
58
64
80
Cover
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
0.23
0.15
0.28
23
15
29
,,
,,
,,
455
610
455
610
0.13
0.25
0.23
0.36
13
26
23
37
,,
,,
,,
,,
500
600
500
560
500
560
1.09
1.13
0.83
1.06
0.57
0.63
0.63
111
115
85
108
58
64
64
Frame
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
0.15
0.10
0.23
15
10
23
,,
,,
,,
455
610
455
610
0.07
0.13
0.15
0.18
7
13
15
18
,,
,,
,,
,,
14.10
12.55
1 440
1 280
7.45
15.70 to 18.80
8.65 to 12.55
17.25 to 21.20
9.40 to 16.50
12.55 to 17.25
5.50 to 11.00
22.00 to 23.50
760
1 600 to 1 920
880 to 1 280
1 760 to 2 160
960 to 1 680
1 280 to 1 760
560 to 1 120
2 240 to 2 400
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
6.30 to 16.50
9.40 to 18.05
640 to 1 680
960 to 1 840
,,
,,
17. Cast Iron, Manhole Frames

( see IS : 1726* )
Double triangular (HD)
Circular (HD)
Circular (MD)
Rectangular (MD)
Rectangular (LD) :
Single seal (Pattern 1)
(Pattern 2)
Double seal
Square (LD) :
Single seal
Double seal
18. Cast Iron Pipes
19. Cement
( see IS : 269-1976 )
Ordinary and aluminous
Rapid-hardening
m3
,,
20. Cement Concrete, Plain

Aerated
No-fines, with heavy aggregate
No-fines, with light aggregate
With burnt clay aggregate
With expanded clay aggregate
With clinker aggregate
With pumice aggregate
With sand and gravel or crushed natural
stone aggregate
With saw dust
With foamed slag aggregate
*Specification for cast iron manhole covers and frames.

Specification for ordinary and low heat Portland cement ( third revision ).
(Continued)
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

MATERIAL
NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
mm
(1)
(2)
21. Cement Concrete, Prestressed

(conforming to IS : 1343-1980* )
WEIGHT/MASS
TABLE 1
kN
kg
per
(3)
(4)
(5)
m3
23.50
2 400
22.75 to 24.20
23.25 to 24.80
24.80 to 26.50
2 310 to 2 470
2 370 to 2 530
2 530 to 2 700
,,
,,
,,
22. Cement Concrete, Reinforced

With sand and gravel or crushed natural
stone aggregate:
With 1 percent steel
23. Cement Concrete Pipes

24. Cement Mortar
20.40
2 080
,,
25. Cement Plaster
20.40
2 080
,,
26. Cork
2.35
240
,,
27. Expanded Metal

(conforming to IS : 412-1975 )
Size of Mesh, Nominal
Reference No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SWM
mm
100
100
100
75
75
75
40
40
40
40
LWM
mm
250
250
250
200
200
200
115
115
75
75
0.030
0.024
0.016
0.042
0.032
0.021
0.080
0.060
0.060
0.028
3.08
2.47
1.60
4.28
3.29
2.14
8.02
6.17
6.17
2.85
m2
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
115
75
115
75
75
75
75
75
60
50
0.039
0.039
0.020
0.020
0.054
0.038
0.028
0.021
0.070
0.070
4.01
4.01
2.04
2.04
5.53
3.93
2.81
2.19
7.15
7.15
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
40
40
40
40
25
25
25
25
20
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
20
20
20
20
20
20
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
60
50
60
50
60
50
50
40
50
50
0.050
0.050
0.036
0.036
0.021
0.021
0.050
0.050
0.040
0.030
5.09
5.09
3.63
3.63
2.18
2.18
5.04
5.04
4.00
3.13
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
31
32
33
34
35
36
12.5
12.5
12.5
10
10
10
40
50
40
40
40
40
0.030
0.025
0.025
0.050
0.035
0.028
3.13
2.50
2.50
5.98
3.59
2.87
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
*Code of practice for prestressed concrete ( first revision ).

Specification for expanded metal steel sheets for general purposes ( second revision ).
( Continued )
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

MATERIAL
NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
mm
(1)
kN
kg
per
(3)
(4)
(5)
(2)
Size of Mesh, Nominal
Reference No.
WEIGHT/MASS
TABLE 1
37
38
39
40
SWM
mm
9.5
9.5
9.5
6
41
42
43
44
LWM
mm
28.5
28.5
28.5
25
0.050
0.028
0.020
0.074
5.19
2.81
2.09
7.55
25
25
20
15
0.048
0.038
0.050
0.041
4.88
3.90
5.01
4.28
m2
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
8.34 10 3
0.85
,,
21.48 10 3
30.21 10 3
2.19
3.08
,,
,,
21.87 10 3
35.70 103
2.23
3.64
,,
,,
6
6
5
3
28. Felt, Bituminous for Waterproofing and

Damp-proofing
( see IS : 1322-1982* )
Fibre base:
Type 1 (Underlay)
Type 2 (Self-finished felt):
Grade 1
Grade 2
Hessian base:
Type 3 (Self finished felt):
Grade 1
Grade 2
NOTE 1 The weight of untreated based shall be taken as in the dry condition.
NOTE 2 The weights given above are indicative of the total weight of ingredients used in the manufacture of felt and
not of the ingredients determined from a physical analysis of the finished material.
29. Foam Slag, Foundry Pumice
6.85
700
m3
30. Glass ( see IS : 2835-1977 )
Sheet
2.0
2.5
3.0
4.0
5.0
5.5
6.5
0.049
0.062
0.074
0.098
0.123
0.134
0.167
5.0
6.3
7.5
10.0
12.5
13.7
17.0
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
31. Gutters, Asbestos Cement ( see under 7

Asbestos cement gutter in this table )
32. Gypsum
Gypsum mortar
Gypsum powder
11.75
13.89 to 17.25
1 200
1 410 to 1 760
m3
,,
70.60
68.95 to 69.90
74.30 to 75.70
75.50
7 200
7 030 to 7 130
7 580 to 7 720
7 700
,,
,,
,,
,,
18.80
1 920
,,
33. Iron
Pig
Gray, cast
White, cast
Wrought
34. Lime
Lime concrete with burnt clay aggregate
*Specification for bitumen felts for waterproofing and damp-proofing ( third revision ).
Specification for flat transparent sheet glass ( second revision ).
( Continued)
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

MATERIAL
NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
mm
(1)
WEIGHT/MASS
TABLE 1
kN
kg
per
(3)
(4)
(5)
(2)
Lime mortar
Lime plaster
Lime stone in lumps, uncalcined
Lime, unslaked, freshly burnt in pieces
Lime slaked, fresh
Lime slaked, after 10 days
Lime, unslaked ( KANKAR )
Lime, slaked ( KANKAR )
15.70 to 18.05
17.25
12.55 to 14.10
8.60 to 10.20
5.70 to 6.30
7.85
11.55
10.00
1 600 to 1 840
1 760
1 280 to 1 440
880 to 1 040
580 to 640
800
1 180
1 020
m3
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
35. Linoleum ( see IS : 653-1980* )
Sheets and tiles
4.4
3.2
2.0
1.6
0.056 9
0.040 2
0.026 5
0.021 5
5.8
4.1
1.7
2.2
m2
,,
,,
,,
36. Masonry, Brick

Common burnt clay bricks
Engineering bricks
Glazed bricks
Pressed bricks
18.85
23.55
20.40
22.00
1 920
2 400
2 080
2 240
m3
,,
,,
,,
22.55
20.40
25.90
23.55
25.10
26.50
22.00
2 300
2 080
2 640
2 400
2 560
2 700
2 240
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
37. Masonry, Stone

Cast
Dry rubble
Granite ashlar
Granite rubble
Lime stone ashlar
Marble dressed
Sand stone
38. Mastic Asphalt
10
0.215
22
m2
39. Metal sheeting, Protected Galvanized Steel

Sheets and Plain
( see IS : 277-1985 )
Class 1
1.60
1.26
1.00
0.80
0.63
0.131
0.104
0.084
0.069
0.056
13.31
10.56
8.60
7.03
5.70
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
Class 2
1.60
1.25
1.00
0.80
0.63
0.129
0.102
0.083
0.067
0.054
13.16
10.41
8.45
6.88
5.55
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
Class 3
1.60
1.25
1.00
0.80
0.63
0.128
0.101
0.081
0.066
0.053
13.01
10.26
8.30
6.73
5.40
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
Class 4
1.60
1.25
1.00
0.80
0.63
0.127
0.100
0.081
0.065
0.052
12.94
10.19
8.22
6.66
5.32
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
40. Mortar
Cement
Gypsum
Lime
20.40
11.80
15.70 to 18.05
2 080
1 200
1 600 to 1 840
m3
,,
,,
*Specification for linoleum sheets and tiles ( second revision ).

Specification for galvanized steel sheets (plain and corrugated) ( fourth revision ).
( Continued )
10
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

MATERIAL
(1)
NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
mm
(2)
WEIGHT/MASS
TABLE 1
kN
(3)
kg
(4)
per
(5)
41. Pipes
50
60
80
90
100
125
150
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
0.032 to 0.034
0.032 to 0.043
0.051 to 0.054
0.052 to 0.060
0.058 to 0.065
0.072 to 0.086
0.086 to 0.108
0.056
0.067
0.090
0.139
0.175
0.264
0.380
0.539
3.3 to 3.5
3.3 to 4.4
5.2 to 5.5
5.3 to 6.1
5.9 to 6.6
7.3 to 8.8
8.8 to 11.0
5.7
6.8
9.2
14.2
17.8
26.9
38.8
55
Standard overall length 1.8 m with

socket
Standard overall length 1.5 m with

socket
550
75
100
125
150
50
75
100
125
150
0.073
0.108
0.137
0.196
0.255
0.064
0.093
0.123
0.172
0.230
7.5
11.0
14.0
20.0
26.0
6.5
9.5
12.5
17.5
23.5
pipe
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
1.144
0.182
0.237
0.295
0.432
0.582
0.750
0.944
1.146
1.383
1.620
2.156
2.778
3.111
0.157
0.201
0.259
0.326
0.472
0.637
0.824
1.030
1.262
1.530
1.775
14.7
18.6
24.2
30.1
44.0
59.3
76.5
96.3
116.9
141.0
165.2
219.8
283.2
317.2
16.0
20.5
26.4
33.2
48.1
65.0
84.0
105.0
128.7
156.0
181.0
m
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
Asbestos cement pipes

[ see IS : 1626 (Part) 1-1980* ]
Asbestos cement pressure pipes

( see IS : 1592-1980 )
m3
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
Cast iron Pipes:

Rainwater pipes
( see IS : 1230-1979 )
Pressure pipes for water, gas and sewage:

a) Centrifugally cast
( see IS : 1536-1976 )
i) Socket and spigot pipes:
Barrel:
Class LA
Class A
*Specification for asbestos cement buildings pipes and pipe fittings, gutters and gutter fittings and roofing fittings:
Part 1 Pipes and pipe fittings ( first revision ).
Specification for asbestos cement pressure pipes ( second revision ).
Specification for cast iron rainwater pipes and fittings ( second revision ).
Specification for centrifugally cast (spun) iron pressure pipes for water, gas and sewage ( second revision ).
( Continued )
11
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

(1)
NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
mm
(2)
Class A
600
700
750
Class B
Sockets for Class LA, Class A and

Class B barrels
ii) Flanged pipe with screwed

flanges:
Barrel:
Class A
Class B
80 to 300
Class A
Class B
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
80
to
750
800
900
1 000
1 100
1 200
1 500
80
to
750
800
900
1 000
1 100
1 200
1 500
kN
(3)
kg
(4)
per
(5)
2.367
3.056
3.422
0.172
0.216
0.281
0.352
0.511
0.692
0.896
1.122
1.368
1.657
1.929
2.578
3.317
3.733
0.054
0.069
0.090
0.113
0.165
0.225
0.292
0.368
0.454
0.549
0.647
0.876
1.145
1.292
241.4
311.6
348.9
17.3
22.0
28.7
35.9
52.1
70.6
91.4
114.5
139.5
169.0
196.7
262.9
338.2
380.6
5.5
7.1
9.2
11.5
16.8
22.9
29.8
37.5
46.3
56.0
66.0
89.3
116.8
131.7
m
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
Socket
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
Same as for centrifugally cast socket and spigot pipes,

Class A
Class B
0.042
4.3
Flange
0.049
5.0
,,
0.065
6.6
,,
0.080
8.2
,,
0.112
11.4
,,
0.144
14.7
,,
0.182
18.6
,,
80 to 300
Flanges for Class A and Class B

barrels
b) Vertically cast socket and spigot

pipes
( see IS : 1537-1976* )
Barrel:
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
WEIGHT/MASS
TABLE 1
MATERIAL

Class A
3.82
389
m
4.65
474
,,
5.59
570
,,
6.59
672
,,
7.67
783
,,
11.98
1 222
,,

Class B
4.15
423
m
5.07
516
,,
6.07
619
,,
7.23
739
,,
8.35
851
,,
13.07
1 333
,,
*Specification for vertically cast iron pressure pipes for water, gas and sewage ( first revision ).
( Continued )
12
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

MATERIAL
(1)
Socket for Class A and Class B

barrels
NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
mm
(2)
80
to
750
800
900
1 000
1 100
1 200
1 500
WEIGHT/MASS
TABLE 1
kN
(3)
kg
(4)
per
(5)

Class A and Class B
1.45
1.79
2.18
2.60
3.07
4.91
147
182
222
265
313
501
Socket
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
c) Sand cast (flanged pipes):

Barrel:
Class A
Class B
Flanges for Class A and Class B

Barrels
80
to
750
800
to
1 500
80
to
750
800
to
1 500
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1 000
1 100
1 200
1 500

Class A
Same as for vertically cast socket and spigot pipes,
Class A
Class B
Same as for vertically cast socket and spigot pipes,
Class B
0.036
0.041
0.052
0.066
0.091
0.117
0.145
0.186
0.229
0.250
0.315
0.431
0.587
0.685
0.792
0.928
1.18
1.38
1.70
2.71
3.7
4.2
5.3
6.7
9.3
12.0
14.8
19.4
23.4
26.5
32.1
44.0
59.9
69.8
80.8
94.6
120.0
139.0
173.0
276.2
Flange
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
Concrete pipes ( see IS : 458-1971* )
Class NP1 (unreinforced non-pressure

pipes)
Class NP2 (reinforced concrete, light

duty, non-pressure pipes)
80
100
150
250
300
350
400
450
80
100
150
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
800
900
0.19
0.22
0.30
0.40
0.69
0.84
0.95
1.17
0.196
0.235
0.324
0.510
0.736
0.902
1.02
1.26
1.38
1.89
2.19
2.81
3.51
19
22
31
41
70
86
97
119
20
24
33
52
75
92
104
128
141
193
223
287
358
m
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
*Specification for concrete pipes (with and without reinforcement) ( second revision ).
( Continued )
13
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

MATERIAL
NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
mm
WEIGHT/MASS
TABLE 1
kN
kg
per
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Class NP2 (reinforced concrete, light

1 000
1 100
1 200
1 400
1 600
1 800
4.30
5.15
6.09
8.18
9.93
12.58
438
525
620
834
1 013
1 283
m
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
Class NP3 (reinforced concrete, heavy

350
400
450
500
600
700
800
900
1 000
1 100
1 200
2.35
2.63
2.91
3.19
4.02
4.61
5.92
7.39
8.13
10.34
11.18
240
269
297
325
410
470
604
754
829
1 054
1 140
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
(1)
80
100
150
250
300
350
400
Class P1 (reinforced concrete pressure
450
pipes safe for 20 MPa pressure
500
tests)
600
700
800
900
1 000
1 100
1 200
0.196
0.235
0.324
0.510
0.736
0.902
1.02
1.26
1.38
1.89
2.19
2.81
3.51
4.30
5.15
6.09
20
24
33
52
75
92
104
128
141
193
223
287
358
437
525
620
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,

pipes safe for 40 MPa pressure tests)
80
100
150
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
0.196
0.235
0.324
0.608
1.01
1.31
1.67
1.84
1.56
3.20
20
24
33
63
103
134
170
188
261
326
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,

pipes safe for 60 MPa pressure tests)
80
100
150
250
300
350
400
0.196
0.235
0.324
0.736
1.15
1.65
2.04
20
24
33
75
117
168
204
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
Lead pipes
[ see IS : 404 (Part 1)-1977* ]
(service and distribution pipes to be
laid underground):
For working pressure 40 MPa
10
15
20
25
32
40
50
0.018
0.031
0.042
0.060
0.074
0.091
0.142
1.87
3.13
4.24
6.11
7.50
9.28
14.45
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
*Specification for lead pipes: Part 1 For other than chemical purposes ( second revision ).
( Continued )
14
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

MATERIAL
NOMINAL SIZE OR
THICKNESS
mm
(1)
WEIGHT/MASS
TABLE 1
kN
kg
per
(3)
(4)
(5)
0.022
0.038
0.050
0.069
0.126
0.175
2.26
3.83
5.11
7.03
12.80
17.82
m
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
0.029
0.048
0.067
2.96
4.88
6.86
,,
,,
,,
0.105
10.75
,,
10
15
20
25
32
40
50
0.014
0.021
0.027
0.036
0.059
0.091
0.142
1.45
2.15
2.74
3.67
6.00
9.28
14.45
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
10
0.018
0.024
0.030
0.069
0.126
0.175
1.81
2.47
3.11
7.03
12.80
17.82
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
0.029
0.048
0.067
2.96
4.88
6.86
,,
,,
,,
0.105
10.75
,,
(2)
10
15
20
25
32
40
10
15
20
( see Note below )
25
( see Note below )
Service pipes to be fixed or laid above

ground:
15
20
25
32
40
10
15
20
( see Note below )
25
( see Note below )
Cold water distribution pipes to be

fixed or laid above ground:
10
15
20
25
32
40
50
0.014
0.021
0.027
0.036
0.048
0.067
0.084
1.45
2.15
2.74
3.67
4.85
6.79
8.53
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
10
15
20
25
32
40
50
0.014
0.021
0.027
0.036
0.059
0.091
0.142
1.45
2.15
2.74
3.67
6.00
9.29
14.45
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
10
15
20
25
32
40
50
0.015
0.023
0.031
0.041
0.062
0.082
0.142
1.50
2.34
3.13
4.13
6.30
8.38
14.45
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
Hot water distribution pipes to be

fixed or laid above ground:
NOTE The maximum working pressure for these sizes is 90 MPa.

( Continued )
15
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
mm
(1)
(2)
WEIGHT/MASS
TABLE 1
MATERIAL
kN
kg
per
(3)
(4)
(5)
10
15
20
25
32
0.015
0.027
0.045
0.085
0.132
1.50
2.34
4.56
8.69
13.51
m
,,
,,
,,
,,
75
100
150
50
0.050
0.073
0.097
0.160
5.07
7.48
9.88
16.36
,,
,,
,,
,,
20
25
32
40
50
0.020
0.025
0.032
0.039
0.049
2.09
2.56
3.28
3.95
5.07
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
Heavy weight gas pipes
10
15
20
25
32
40
50
0.008
0.017
0.025
0.034
0.045
0.061
0.071
0.81
1.70
2.60
3.44
4.57
6.27
7.20
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
Light weight gas pipes
10
15
20
25
32
40
50
0.008
0.012
0.020
0.029
0.037
0.047
0.058
0.81
1.21
2.09
2.99
3.74
4.76
5.87
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
Soil, waste, and soil and waste

ventilation pipes
Flushing and warning pipes
Gas pipes:
Stoneware, salt-glazed pipes

( see IS : 651-1980* )
100
150
200
230
( see Note below )
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
0.137
0.216
0.324
0.412
14
22
33
42
,,
,,
,,
,,
0.510
0.775
0.980
1.26
1.44
1.77
2.35
52
79
100
128
147
180
240
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
10
10
10
10
10
20.40
17.25
0.078
0.206
0.284
0.088
0.186
2 080
1 760
8
21
29
9
19
0.007
42. Plaster
( see also 6 Finishing in Table 2 )
Cement
Lime
Acoustic
Anhydrite
Barium sulphate
Fibrous
Gypsum
m3
,,
m2
,,
,,
,,
,,
43. Sheeting
Asbestos ( see under 9 Asbestos cement
sheeting in this table )
Galvanized iron ( see under 39 Metal
sheeting, protected in this table )
Glass ( see under 30 Glass in this table )
Plywood
0.7
,,
NOTE This is non-preferred size and its manufacture is permitted for a limited period.
*Specification for salt-glazed stoneware pipes and fittings ( fourth revision ).
( Continued )
16
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

MATERIAL
NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
mm
(1)
(2)
44. Slagwool
WEIGHT/MASS
TABLE 1
kN
kg
(3)
(4)
per
(5)
m3
2.65
270
15.69
1 600
,,
15.70 to 18.35
18.85 to 21.95
1 600 to 1 870
1 920 to 2 240
,,
,,
15.70 to 18.85
1 600 to 1 920
,,
21.95
2 240
,,
10.20
14.10
17.25
20.40
18.85
20.40
1 040
1 440
1 760
2 080
1 920
2 080
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
13.85 to 18.05
15.70 to 19.60
1 410 to 1 840
1 600 to 2 000
,,
,,
Loose
Rammed
15.70
18.85 to 21.20
1 600
1 920 to 2 160
,,
,,
Kaolin, compact
25.50
2 600
,,
11.75
15.70
18.85
14.10
17.25 to 18.85
17.25 to 18.85
1 200
1 600
1 920
1 440
1 760 to 1 920
1 760 to 1 920
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
5.50 to 6.30
7.85
13.35
12.55 to 14.10
560 to 640
800
1 360
1 280 to 1 440
,,
,,
,,
,,
15.10 to 15.70
18.05
17.25 to 19.60
1 540 to 1 600
1 840
1 760 to 2 000
,,
,,
,,
13.75
1 400
,,
15.70
20.40
1 600
2 080
,,
,,
17.25 to 18.85
1 760 to 1 920
,,
45. Soils and Gravels

Aluvial ground, undisturbed
Broken stone ballast:
Dry, well-shaken
Perfectly wet
Chalk
Clay:
China, compact
Clay fills:
Dry, lumps
Dry, compact
Damp, compact
Wet, compact
Undisturbed
Undisturbed, gravelly
Earth:
Dry
Moist
Gravel:
Loam:
Dry, loose
Dry, compact
Wet, compact
Loess, dry
Marl, compact
Mud, river, wet
Peat:
Dry
Sandy, compact
Wet, compact
Rip-rap
Sand:
Dry, clean
River
Wet
Shingles:
Aggregate 3 to 38 mm
Fine sand:
Dry
Saturated
Silt, wet
46. Steel Sections
Hot rolled [ see IS : 808 (Part 1)-1978* ]
Beams Designation
MB 100
MB 125
MB 150
MB 175
MB 200
MB 225
0.113
0.131
0.147
0.191
0.249
0.306
11.5
13.4
15.0
19.5
25.4
31.2
m
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
*Dimensions for hot-rolled steel sections: Part 1 MB series (beams) ( second revision ).
( Continued )
17
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

(1)
Beams Designation
MB 250
MB 300
MB 350
MB 400
MB 450
MB 500
MB 550
MB 600
Columns Designation
[ see IS : 808 (Part 2)-1978* ]
SC 100
SC 120
SC 140
SC 160
SC 180
SC 200
SC 220
SC 250
Channels Designation
[ see IS : 808 (Part 3)-1979 ]
Medium weight channel sections with
sloping flanges
MC 75
MC 100
MC 125
MC 150
MC 175
MC 200
MC 225
MC 250
MC 300
MC 350
MC 400
Medium weight channel sections with
parallel flanges ( see Note below )
MCP 75
MCP 100
MCP 125
MCP 150
MCP 175
MCP 200
MCP 225
MCP 250
MCP 300
MCP 350
MCP 400
NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
mm
(2)
WEIGHT/MASS
TABLE 1
MATERIAL
kN
(3)
kg
(4)
per
(5)
0.365
0.452
0.514
0.604
0.710
0.852
1.00
1.21
37.3
46.1
52.4
61.6
72.4
86.9
104
123
m
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
0.196
0.257
0.327
0.411
0.495
0.591
0.690
0.839
20.0
26.2
33.3
41.9
50.5
60.3
70.4
85.6
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
0.070
0.098
0.165
0.192
0.219
0.256
0.300
0.356
0.419
0.491
7.14
10.0
16.8
19.6
22.3
26.1
30.6
36.3
42.7
50.1
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
0.070
0.094
0.128
0.165
0.192
0.219
0.256
0.300
0.356
0.419
0.491
7.14
9.56
13.1
16.8
19.6
22.3
26.1
30.6
36.3
42.7
50.1
,,
3.0
4.0
0.009
0.011
0.011
0.014
0.018
0.014
0.018
0.022
0.9
1.1
1.1
1.4
1.8
1.4
1.8
2.2
m
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
Equal leg angles Size

[ see IS : 808 (Part 5)-1976 ]
ISA 2020
ISA 2525
ISA 3030
3.0
4.0
5.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
NOTE These sections are steel in the developmental stage and may be available subject to agreement with the
manufacturer.
*Dimensions for hot-rolled steel sections: Part 2 Columns SC series ( second revision ).
Dimensions for hot-rolled steel sections: Part 3 Channels, MC and MPC series ( second revision ).
Dimensions for hot-rolled steel sections: Part 5 Equal leg angles ( second revision ).
( Continued )
18
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987
(1)
ISA 3535
ISA 4050
ISA 4545
ISA 5050
ISA 5555
ISA 6060
ISA 6565
ISA 7070
ISA 7575
ISA 8080
ISA 9090
ISA 100100
ISA 110110
ISA 130130
ISA 150150
ISA 200200

NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
mm
(2)
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
5.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
5.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
5.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
5.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
5.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
16.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
16.0
10.0
12.0
16.0
20.0
12.0
16.0
20.0
25.0
19
WEIGHT/MASS
TABLE 1
MATERIAL
kN
(3)
0.016
0.021
0.026
0.029
0.018
0.024
0.029
0.034
0.021
0.027
0.033
0.039
0.023
0.029
0.037
0.044
0.040
0.048
0.063
0.077
0.044
0.053
0.069
0.084
0.048
0.057
0.076
0.092
0.052
0.062
0.081
0.100
0.056
0.067
0.087
0.108
0.072
0.094
0.116
0.137
0.080
0.106
0.131
0.155
0.090
0.119
0.146
0.174
0.131
0.163
0.193
0.252
0.156
0.193
0.230
0.301
0.225
0.268
0.351
0.432
0.362
0.476
0.588
0.725
kg
(4)
1.6
2.1
2.6
3.0
1.8
2.4
3.0
3.5
2.1
2.7
3.4
4.0
2.3
3.0
3.8
4.5
4.1
4.9
6.4
7.9
4.5
5.4
7.0
8.6
4.9
5.8
7.7
9.4
5.3
6.3
8.3
10.2
5.7
6.8
8.9
11.0
7.3
9.6
11.8
14.0
8.2
10.8
13.4
15.8
9.2
12.1
14.9
17.7
13.4
16.6
19.7
25.7
15.9
19.7
23.5
30.7
22.9
27.3
35.8
44.1
36.9
48.5
60.0
73.9
per
(5)
m
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
( Continued )
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987
(1)
Unequal leg angles Size
[ see IS : 808 (Part 6)-1976* ]
ISA 3020
ISA 4025
ISA 4530
ISA 5030
ISA 6040
ISA 6545
ISA 7045
ISA 7550
ISA 8050
ISA 9060
ISA 10065
ISA 10075
ISA 12571
ISA 12595
ISA 15075
ISA 150115
ISA 200100

NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
mm
(2)
3.0
4.0
5.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
5.0
6.0
8.0
5.0
6.0
8.0
5.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
5.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
5.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
16.0
10.0
12.0
16.0
WEIGHT/MASS
TABLE 1
MATERIAL
kN
(3)
kg
(4)
per
(5)
0.011
0.014
0.018
0.015
0.019
0.024
0.027
0.017
0.022
0.027
0.032
0.018
0.024
0.029
0.034
0.036
0.043
0.057
0.040
0.048
0.063
0.042
0.051
0.066
0.081
0.046
0.055
0.073
0.088
0.048
0.058
0.076
0.092
0.067
0.087
0.108
0.128
0.074
0.087
0.120
0.078
0.103
0.127
0.151
0.090
0.119
0.146
0.099
0.131
0.162
0.193
0.134
0.167
0.198
0.160
0.197
0.235
0.308
0.225
0.268
0.351
1.1
1.4
1.8
1.5
1.9
2.4
2.8
1.7
2.2
2.8
3.3
1.8
1.8
3.0
3.5
3.7
4.4
5.8
4.1
4.9
6.4
4.3
5.2
6.7
8.3
4.7
5.6
7.4
9.0
4.9
5.9
7.7
9.4
6.8
8.9
11.0
13.0
7.5
9.9
12.2
8.0
10.5
13.0
15.4
9.2
12.1
14.9
10.1
13.4
16.5
19.7
13.7
17.2
20.2
16.3
20.1
24.0
31.4
22.9
27.3
35.8
m
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
*Dimensions of hot-rolled steel sections: Part 6 Unequal leg angles ( second revision ).
( Continued )
20
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

TABLE 1

NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
mm
kN
kg
per
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
10.0
12.0
16.0
20.0
0.264
0.315
0.414
0.510
26.9
32.1
42.2
52.0
m
,,
,,
,,
100 100
3.15
4.0
0.047
0.060
4.81
6.07
,,
,,
80 80
2.5
3.15
4.0
0.030
0.037
0.047
3.05
3.82
4.82
,,
,,
,,
60 60
2.0
2.5
3.15
4.0
0.018
0.022
0.028
0.035
1.82
2.26
2.83
3.56
,,
,,
,,
,,
50 50
1.6
2.0
2.5
3.15
4.0
0.012
0.015
0.018
0.023
0.029
1.21
1.51
1.87
2.34
2.93
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
40 40
1.2
1.6
2.0
2.5
3.15
0.007
0.009
0.012
0.014
0.018
0.75
0.96
1.19
1.48
1.84
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
30 30
1.2
1.6
2.0
2.5
0.005
0.007
0.009
0.010
0.56
0.71
0.88
1.08
,,
,,
,,
,,
20 20
1.2
1.6
2.0
0.004
0.005
0.006
0.36
0.46
0.56
,,
,,
,,
100 100
3.15
4.0
0.070
0.088
7.15
9.01
,,
,,
80 80
2.5
3.15
4.0
0.044
0.056
0.070
4.52
5.66
7.12
,,
,,
,,
60 60
2.0
2.5
3.15
4.0
0.026
0.033
0.041
0.051
2.69
3.35
4.18
5.24
,,
,,
,,
,,
50 50
1.6
2.0
2.5
3.15
4.0
0.018
0.022
0.027
0.034
0.042
1.79
2.23
2.76
3.44
4.30
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
40 40
1.25
1.6
2.0
2.5
3.15
0.011
0.014
0.017
0.021
0.026
1.12
1.42
1.75
2.17
2.70
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
30 30
1.21
1.6
2.0
2.5
0.008
0.010
0.013
0.015
0.82
1.04
1.28
1.58
,,
,,
,,
,,
ISA 200150
WEIGHT/MASS
MATERIAL
Cold formed light gauge structural steel

sections ( see IS : 811-1965* ) :
Light gauge sections angles Size:
Channels without lips Size:
*Specification for cold formed light gauge structural steel sections ( revised ).
( Continued )
21
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

TABLE 1
MATERIAL
NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
mm
kN
kg
per
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
1.25
1.6
2.0
0.005
0.007
0.008
0.53
0.66
0.81
m
,,
,,
200 50
2.00
2.50
3.15
4.00
0.045
0.056
0.070
0.088
4.58
5.70
7.14
9.01
,,
,,
,,
,,
180 50
2.00
2.50
3.15
4.00
0.042
0.052
0.065
0.082
4.27
5.31
6.65
8.38
,,
,,
,,
,,
160 50
2.00
2.50
3.15
0.039
0.048
0.060
3.95
4.92
6.16
,,
,,
,,
140 40
1.60
2.00
2.50
3.15
0.026
0.033
0.041
0.051
2.67
3.33
4.13
5.17
,,
,,
,,
,,
120 40
1.60
2.00
2.50
0.024
0.030
0.037
2.42
3.01
3.74
,,
,,
,,
100 40
1.25
1.60
2.00
2.50
0.017
0.021
0.026
0.033
1.70
2.17
2.70
3.35
,,
,,
,,
,,
80 30
1.25
1.60
2.00
2.50
0.013
0.016
0.020
0.025
1.31
1.67
2.07
2.56
,,
,,
,,
,,
60 30
1.25
1.60
2.00
0.011
0.014
0.017
1.12
1.42
1.75
,,
,,
,,
50 30
1.25
1.60
2.00
0.010
0.013
0.016
1.02
1.29
1.60
,,
,,
,,
100 100
2.00
2.50
3.15
4.00
0.051
0.063
0.082
0.103
5.24
6.50
8.36
10.48
,,
,,
,,
,,
80 80
1.60
2.00
2.50
3.15
0.033
0.041
0.052
0.065
3.33
4.14
5.32
6.62
,,
,,
,,
,,
60 60
1.25
1.60
2.00
2.50
0.019
0.024
0.031
0.039
1.94
2.45
3.20
3.95
,,
,,
,,
,,
50 50
1.25
1.60
2.00
0.016
0.020
0.025
1.64
2.08
2.57
,,
,,
,,
40 40
1.25
1.60
2.00
0.013
0.017
0.020
1.35
1.70
2.09
,,
,,
,,
30 30
1.25
1.60
0.009
0.012
0.95
1.20
,,
,,
WEIGHT/MASS
Channels without lips Size:

20 20
Channels with lips Size:
( Continued )
22
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987
(1)
Channels with lips Size:

NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
mm
(2)
200 80
180 80
160 80
140 70
120 60
100 50
80 40
60 30
50 30
WEIGHT/MASS
TABLE 1
MATERIAL
kN
(3)
kg
(4)
per
(5)
1.60
2.00
2.50
3.15
4.00
1.60
2.00
2.50
3.15
4.00
1.60
2.00
2.50
3.15
4.00
1.60
2.00
2.50
3.15
4.00
1.25
1.60
2.00
2.50
3.15
1.25
1.60
2.00
2.50
1.25
1.60
2.00
1.25
1.60
1.25
1.60
0.047
0.059
0.075
0.094
0.118
0.045
0.056
0.071
0.089
0.112
0.043
0.053
0.068
0.084
0.106
0.038
0.047
0.058
0.075
0.094
0.025
0.031
0.041
0.050
0.063
0.021
0.027
0.033
0.043
0.017
0.022
0.027
0.012
0.015
0.011
0.014
4.84
6.02
7.67
9.59
12.05
4.59
5.71
7.28
9.10
11.42
4.34
5.39
6.89
8.60
10.79
3.84
4.76
5.91
7.61
9.54
2.52
3.21
4.14
5.12
6.38
2.13
2.71
3.35
4.34
1.74
2.20
2.72
1.25
1.57
1.15
1.45
m
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
2.50
3.15
4.00
2.00
2.50
3.15
1.60
2.00
2.50
1.60
2.00
1.25
1.60
1.60
2.00
2.50
1.25
1.60
2.00
1.25
1.60
1.25
3.15
4.00
0.068
0.089
0.115
0.043
0.056
0.072
0.026
0.034
0.043
0.022
0.028
0.013
0.018
0.034
0.044
0.054
0.021
0.028
0.034
0.016
0.020
0.013
0.101
0.134
6.89
9.05
11.73
4.39
5.71
7.36
2.63
3.45
4.34
2.25
2.88
1.36
1.83
3.51
4.45
5.51
2.15
2.83
3.51
1.64
2.08
1.35
10.28
13.68
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
Hat sections Size:

100 100
80 80
60 60
50 50
40 40
100 50
80 40
60 30
50 25
100 150
( Continued )
23
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

(1)
Hat sections Size:
80 120
60 90
50 75
40 60
NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
mm
(2)
WEIGHT/MASS
TABLE 1
MATERIAL
3.15
4.00
kN
(3)
kg
(4)
per
(5)
2.50
3.15
4.00
2.00
2.50
3.15
1.60
2.00
2.50
0.089
0.113
0.050
0.067
0.084
0.033
0.043
0.055
0.021
0.028
0.035
9.08
11.48
5.12
6.82
8.59
3.37
4.44
5.64
2.14
2.82
3.55
m
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
1.60
2.00
1.60
2.00
1.60
2.00
1.60
2.00
1.60
2.00
1.25
1.60
1.25
1.60
1.25
1.60
1.25
1.60
0.072
0.090
0.065
0.081
0.057
0.071
0.050
0.062
0.043
0.053
0.028
0.035
0.022
0.028
0.016
0.020
0.014
0.018
7.35
9.16
6.60
8.22
5.85
7.28
5.09
6.34
4.34
5.39
2.82
3.58
2.23
2.83
1.64
2.08
1.44
1.83
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
1.60
2.00
1.60
2.00
1.60
2.00
1.60
2.00
1.60
2.00
1.25
1.60
1.25
1.60
1.25
1.60
1.25
1.60
0.097
0.121
0.087
0.108
0.764
0.096
0.067
0.084
0.057
0.071
0.037
0.047
0.030
0.038
0.022
0.028
0.018
0.023
9.86
12.30
8.86
11.04
77.85
9.79
6.85
8.53
5.85
7.28
3.80
4.84
3.01
3.84
2.23
2.83
1.84
2.33
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
0.009
0.014
0.034
0.044
0.053
0.094
0.147
0.223
0.9
1.4
3.5
4.5
5.4
9.6
15.0
22.8
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
Rectangular box sections Size:

200 100
180 90
160 80
140 70
120 60
100 50
80 40
60 30
50 30
Square box section Size:
200 200
180 180
160 160
140 140
120 120
100 100
80 80
60 60
50 50
Rolled steel tee bars ( see IS : 1173-1978* )
Designation
ISNT 20
ISNT 30
ISNT 40
ISNT 50
ISNT 60
ISNT 80
ISNT 100
ISNT 150
*Specification for hot-rolled and slit steel tee bars ( second revision ).
( Continued )
24
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

(1)
Designation
ISHT 75
ISHT 100
ISHT 125
ISHT 150
ISST 100
ISST 150
ISST 200
ISST 250
ISLT 50
ISLT 75
ISLT 100
ISJT 75
ISJT 87.5
ISJT 100
ISJT 112.5
Steel sheet piling sections
( see IS : 2314-1963* )
Designation
ISPS 1 021 Z
ISPS 1 625 U
ISPS 2 222 U
ISPS
100 F
47. Stone
Agate
Aggregate
Basalt
Cast
Chalk
Dolomite
Emery
Flint
Gneiss
Granite
Gravel:
Loose
Moderately rammed, dry
Green stone
Gypsum
Laterite
Lime stone
Marble
Pumice
Quartz rock
Sand stone
Slate
Soap stone
48. Tar, Coal
Crude ( see IS : 212-1983 )
Naphtha, light ( see IS : 213-1968 )
Naphtha, heavy
Road tar ( see IS : 215-1961 )
Pitch ( see IS : 216-1961|| )
49. Thermal Insulation
Unbonded glass wool
Unbonded glass rock and slag wool
Expanded polystyrene
Cellular concrete
Grade A
Grade B
Grade C
Performed calcium silicate insulation (for
temperature up to 650C)
NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
mm
(2)
WEIGHT/MASS
TABLE 1
MATERIAL
kN
kg
per
(3)
(4)
(5)
0.150
0.196
0.269
0.288
0.079
0.154
0.279
0.368
0.040
0.070
0.125
0.034
0.039
0.049
0.063
15.3
20.0
27.4
29.4
8.1
15.7
28.4
37.5
4.0
7.1
12.7
3.5
4.0
5.0
6.4
m
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
0.483
0.641
0.811
0.541
49.25
65.37
82.70
55.20
,,
,,
,,
,,
25.50
15.70 to 18.85
27.95 to 29.05
21.95
21.50
28.25
39.25
25.40
23.55 to 26.40
25.90 to 27.45
2 600
1 600 to 1 920
2 850 to 2 960
2 240
2 190
2 880
4 000
2 590
2 400 to 2 690
2 640 to 2 800
m3
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
15.70
18.85
28.25
21.95 to 23.55
20.40 to 23.55
23.55 to 25.90
26.70
7.85 to 11.00
25.90
21.95 to 23.54
27.45
26.45
1 600
1 920
2 880
2 240 to 2 400
2 080 to 2 400
2 400 to 2 640
2 720
800 to 1 120
2 640
2 240 to 2 400
2 800
2 700
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
9.90
9.90
9.90
9.90
9.90
1 010
1 010
1 010
1 010
1 010
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
12.75 to 23.55
11.30 to 19.60
1.45 to 2.95
1 300 to 2 400
1 150 to 2 000
150 to 300
,,
,,
,,
Up to 29.40
29.50 to 39.20
39.30 to 49.00
19.60 to 34.30
Up to 3 000
3 010 to 4 000
4 010 to 5 000
2 000 to 3 500
,,
,,
,,
,,
*Specification for steel sheet piling sections.

Specification for crude coal tar for general use ( second revision ).
Specification for coal-based naphtha ( first revision ).
Specification for road tar ( revised ).
||Specification for coal tar pitch ( revised ).
( Continued )
25
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987
(1)
50. Terra Cotta
51. Terrazzo
Paving
Cast partitions
52. Tiles
Mangalore pattern
( see IS : 654-1972* )
Polystyrene wall tiles
( see IS : 3463-1966 )
53. Timber
Typical Indian timbers
( see IS : 399-1963 )
Aglaia
Aini
Alder
Amari
Amla
Amra
Anjan
Arjun
Ash
Axlewood
Babul
Baen
Bahera
Bakota
Balasu
Ballagi
Banati
Benteak
Ber
Bhendi
Bijasal
Birch
Black chuglam
Black locust
Blue gum
Blue pine
Bola
Bonsum
Bullet wood
Casuarina
Cettis
Champ
Chaplash
Chatian
Chikrassy
Chilauni
Chilla
Chir
Chuglam:
Black
White (silver grey-wood)
Cinnamon
Cypress
Debdaru
Deodar
Devdam
Dhaman:
Grewia tiliofolia
Grewia vestita
Dhup
Dilenia

NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
mm
(2)
WEIGHT/MASS
TABLE 1
MATERIAL
kN
(3)
18.35 to 23.25
kg
(4)
1 870 to 2 370
(5)
m3
m2
,,
10
40
0.24
0.93
0.02 to 0.03
2 to 3
Tile
0.013
0.013
1.35
1.35
m2
,,
99 99
148.5 148.5
24
95
per
m3
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
8.34
5.83
3.63
6.13
7.85
4.41
8.33
7.99
7.06
8.82
7.70
7.70
7.99
4.21
7.55
11.13
4.41
6.62
6.91
7.55
7.85
6.13
7.85
8.34
8.34
5.05
6.42
5.20
8.78
8.34
6.42
4.85
5.05
4.07
6.62
6.42
7.85
5.64
850
595
370
625
800
450
850
815
720
900
785
785
815
430
770
1 135
450
675
705
770
800
625
800
850
850
515
655
530
895
850
655
495
515
415
675
655
800
575
7.85
6.91
6.42
5.05
6.28
5.35
7.06
800
705
655
515
640
545
720
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
7.70
7.40
6.42
6.13
785
755
655
625
,,
,,
,,
,,
*Specification for clay roofing tiles, Mangalore pattern ( second revision ).

Specification for polystyrene wall tiles.
Classification of commercial timbers and their zonal distribution ( revised ).
( Continued )
26
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987
(1)
Dudhi
Ebony
Elm
Eucalyptus
Figs
Fir
Frash
Gamari
Gardenia
Garuga
Geon
Gluta
Gokul
Grewia sp.
Gurjan
Gutel
Haldu
Hathipaila
Hiwar
Hollock
Hollong
Hoom
Horse chestnut
Imli
Indian Chestnut
Indian Hemlock
Indian Oak
Indian Olive
Irul
Jack
Jaman
Jarul
Jathikai
Jhingan
Jutili
Kadam
Kail
Kaim
Kambli
Kanchan
Kanjuj
Karada
Karal
Karani
Karar
Kardahi
Karimgotta
Kasi
Kasum
Kathal
Keora
Khair
Khasipine
Kindal
Kokko
Kongoo
Kuchla
Kumbi
Kurchi
Kurung
Kusum
Kuthan
Lakooch
Lambapatti
Lampati
Laurel
Lendi
Machilus:
Gamblei
Macrantha
Maharukh

NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
mm
(2)
27
WEIGHT/MASS
TABLE 1
MATERIAL
kN
(3)
5.49
8.19
5.20
8.33
4.56
4.14
6.62
5.05
7.40
5.98
4.07
7.06
4.07
7.55
7.70
4.41
6.62
5.84
7.70
5.98
7.21
7.21
5.05
8.97
6.28
3.92
8.48
10.35
8.33
5.83
7.70
6.13
5.05
5.63
7.85
4.85
5.05
6.42
4.07
6.62
5.84
8.34
7.99
6.28
5.34
9.27
3.92
5.83
10.84
5.85
6.13
9.90
5.05
7.55
6.28
9.76
8.63
7.70
5.20
9.76
11.28
4.71
6.28
5.34
5.05
8.33
7.40
kg
(4)
560
835
530
850
465
450
675
515
755
610
415
720
415
770
785
450
675
595
785
610
735
735
515
915
640
400
865
1 065
850
595
785
625
515
575
800
495
515
655
415
675
595
850
815
640
545
945
400
595
1 105
595
625
1 010
515
770
640
995
880
785
530
995
1 150
480
640
545
515
850
755
5.05
5.20
4.07
515
530
415
per
(5)
m3
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
( Continued )
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

NOMINAL SIZE
WEIGHT/MASS
OR THICKNESS
mm
kN
kg
per
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Mahogany
6.62
675
m3
,,
Mahua
8.97
915
,,
Maina
5.64
575
,,
Makai
3.14
320
,,
Malabar neem
4.41
450
,,
Mango
6.77
690
,,
Maniawga
7.40
755
,,
Maple
5.64
575
,,
Mesua
9.76
995
,,
Milla
9.12
930
,,
Mokha
7.99
815
,,
Mulberry
6.62
675
,,
Mullilam
7.21
735
,,
Mundani
6.77
690
,,
Murtenga
7.70
785
,,
Myrabolan
9.27
945
,,
Narikel
5.49
560
,,
Nedunar
5.05
515
,,
Oak
8.48
865
,,
Padauk
7.06
720
,,
Padri
7.06
720
,,
Palang
5.98
610
,,
Pali
6.28
640
,,
Papita
3.28
335
,,
Parrotia
8.48
865
,,
Persian lilac
5.84
595
,,
Piney
6.13
625
,,
Ping
8.97
915
,,
Pinus insignis
6.13
625
,,
Pipli
5.83
595
,,
Pitraj
6.77
690
,,
Poon
6.42
655
,,
Poplar
4.41
450
,,
Pula
3.78
385
,,
Pyinma
5.98
610
,,
Rajbrikh
8.48
865
,,
Red sanders
10.84
1 105
,,
Rohini
11.33
1 155
,,
Rosewood (black wood)
8.19
835
,,
Rudrak
4.71
480
,,
Sal
8.48
865
,,
Salai
5.64
575
,,
Sandal wood
8.97
915
,,
Sandan
8.34
850
,,
Satin wood
9.41
960
,,
Saykaranji
7.40
755
,,
Seleng
4.85
495
,,
Semul
3.78
385
,,
Silver oak
6.28
640
,,
Siris
3.92
400
,,
Kala-siris
7.21
735
,,
Safed-siris
6.28
640
,,
Sisso
7.70
785
,,
Spruce
4.71
480
,,
Suji
2.65
270
,,
Sundri
9.41
960
,,
Talauma
5.64
575
,,
Tanaku
2.99
305
,,
Teak
6.28
640
,,
Toon
5.05
515
,,
Udal
2.50
255
,,
Upas
3.14
320
,,
Uriam
7.40
755
,,
Vakai
9.41
960
,,
Vellapine
5.83
595
,,
Walnut
5.64
575
,,
White bombwe
5.98
610
,,
White cedar
7.06
720
,,
White chuglam (silver grey-wood)
6.91
705
,,
White dhup
4.22
430
,,
Yon
8.33
850
NOTE The unit of timbers correspond to average unit weight of typical Indian timbers at 12 percent moisture content.
54. Water
9.81
1 000
m3
Fresh
,,
10.05
1 025
Salt
55. Wood-Wool Building Slabs
10
0.059
6
,,
TABLE 1
MATERIAL
28
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

3. BUILDING PARTS AND COMPONENTS
3.1 The unit weights of building parts or components are specified in Table 2.
UNIT WEIGHTS OF BUILDING PARTS OR COMPONENTS
MATERIAL
NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
WEIGHT/MASS
TABLE 2
mm
kN
kg
per
Plaster on tile or concrete

Plaster on wood lath
Suspended metal lath and cement plaster
1.3 cm
2.5 cm
2.5 cm
0.25
0.39
0.74
25
40
75
m2
,,
,,
Suspended metal lath and gypsum

plaster
2.5 cm
0.49
50
,,
1. Ceilings
2. Cement Concrete, Plain ( see 20 Cement

concentrate, plain in Table 1 )
3. Cement Concrete, Reinforced ( see 21
Cement concrete, reinforced in Table 1 )
4. Damp-Proofing ( see 28 Felt bituminous
for waterproofing and damp proofing
in Table 1 )
5. Earth Filling ( see 45 Soils and gravels
in Table 1 )
6. Finishing ( see also Floor finishes given
under 7 Flooring and 8 Roofing in
Table 1 )
Negligible
Aluminium foil
Plaster:
Acoustic
Anhydrite
Barium sulphate
Fibrous
Gypsum or lime
Hydraulic lime or cement
Plaster ceiling on wire netting
NOTE When wood or metal lathing
is used, add
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
0.08
0.21
0.28
0.09
0.19
0.23
0.26
0.06
8
21
29
9
19
23
27
6
m2
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
10
10
10
0.22
0.26
0.04
22
27
4
,,
,,
,,
100
125
150
175
200
1.47
1.67
1.86
2.16
2.55
150
170
190
220
260
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
100
115
125
140
150
175
200
1.18
1.27
1.37
1.47
1.57
1.76
1.96
120
130
140
150
160
180
200
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
7. Flooring
Asphalt flooring
NOTE For macadam finish, add
Compressed cork
Floors, structural:
Hollow clay blocks including
reinforcement and mortar jointing
between blocks, but excluding any
concrete topping
NOTE Add extra for concrete topping
Hollow clay blocks including
reinforcement and concrete ribs
between blocks, but excluding any
concrete topping
NOTE Add extra for concrete topping.

( Continued )
29
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

UNIT WEIGHTS OF BUILDING PARTS OR COMPONENTS Contd
Hollow concrete units including

any concrete topping necessary
for constructional purposes
NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
mm
100
125
150
175
200
230
WEIGHT/MASS
MATERIAL
TABLE 2
kN
1.67
1.96
2.16
2.35
2.65
3.14
kg
170
200
220
240
270
320
per
m2
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
Floors, wood:
Hard wood
22
28
22
28
0.16
0.20
0.11
0.13
0.015
Soft wood
Weight of mastic used in laying wood
block flooring
NOTE All thicknesses are finished thicknesses.
Floor finishes:
12.5 to
Clay floor tiles ( see IS : 1478-1969* )
25.4
NOTE This weight is as laid but
excludes screeding.
Magnesium oxychloride:
Normal type (saw dust filler)
10
Heavy duty type (mineral filler)
10
Parquet flooring
Rubber ( see IS : 809-1970 )

3.2
4.8
6.4
Terra cotta, filled as laid
Terrazzo paving as laid

10
8. Roofing
0.10
0.142
0.216
0.08
0.048
0.070
0.093
5.54
0.23
to 0.2
to 0.12
to 0.062
to 0.09
to 0.130
to 7.06
16
20.5
11
13.5
1.5
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
10 to 20
,,
14.5
22
8 to 12
4.9 to 6.3
7.1 to 9.5
9.5 to 13.2
570 to 720
24
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
m3
m2
Asbestos cement sheeting

( see Asbestos cement sheeting in Table 1 ).
,,
Allahabad tiles (single) including battens
85
0.83
( see Note below )

,,
Allahabad tiles (double) including
170
1.67
battens ( see Note below )

,,
70
Country tiles (single) with battens
0.69
( see Note below )

,,
120
Country tiles (double) with battens
1.18
( see Note below )

,,
65
0.64
Mangalore tiles with battens
( see Note below )

,,
110
1.08
Mangalore tiles bedded in mortar over
flat tiles ( see Note below )

,,
80
0.78
Mangalore tiles with flat tiles

( see Note below )
0.56
Copper sheet roofing including laps and
0.08
8
,,
rolls
0.10
10
,,
0.72
Flat Roofs:
Clay tiles hollow ( see 7 Flooring in
this table )
Concrete hollow precast ( see 7
Flooring in this table )
Galvanized iron sheeting ( see 39
Metal sheeting, protected in
Table 1 )
Glazed Roofing:
Glazing with aluminium alloy bars for
6.4
0.19
19.5
,,
spans up to 3 m
Glazing with lead-covered steel bars
6.4
0.25 to 0.28
26 to 29
,,
at 0.6 m centres
States on battens
0.34 to 0.49
35 to 50
,,
Thatch with battens
0.34 to 0.49
35 to 50
,,
NOTE Weights acting vertically on horizontal projection to be multiplied by cosine of roof angle to obtain weights
normal to the roof surface.
*Specification for clay flooring tiles ( first revision ).
Specification for rubber flooring materials for general purposes ( first revision ).
( Continued )
30
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

UNIT WEIGHTS OF BUILDING PARTS OR COMPONENTS Contd
MATERIAL
NOMINAL SIZE
OR THICKNESS
Roof finishes:
Bitumen mecadam
Felt roofing ( see 28 Felt, bituminous
for water-proofing and
damp-proofing in Table 1 )
Glass silk, quilted
Lead sheet
Mortar screeding
WEIGHT/MASS
TABLE 2
mm
kN
kg
per
10
10
0.22
0.008
22
0.8
m2
,,
0.5
0.8
10
0.05
0.07
0.21
5
7
21
,,
,,
,,
9. Walling (IS : 6072-1971*)

Autoclaved reinforced cellular concrete
wall slabs
Class A
Class B
Class C
Class D
Class E
Brick masonry ( see 36 Masonry, brick in
Table 1 )
Concrete blocks ( see 11 Block in
Table 1 )
Stone masonry ( see 37 Masonry, stone
in Table 1 )
Partitions:
Brick wall
Cinder concrete
Galvanized iron sheet
Hollow glass block (bricks)
Hollow blocks per 200 mm of thickness:
Ballast or stone concrete
Clay
Clinker concrete
Coke breeze concrete
Diatomaceous earth
Gypsum
Pumice concrete
Slag concrete, air-cooled
Slag concrete, foamed
Lath and plaster
Solid blocks per 20 mm of thickness:
Ballast or stone
Clinker concrete
Coke breeze concrete
Pumice concrete
Slag concrete, foamed
Terrazzo cast partitions
Timber studding plastered
8.35 to 9.80
7.35 to 8.35
6.35 to 7.35
5.40 to 6.35
4.40 to 5.40
850 to 1 000
750 to 850
650 to 750
550 to 650
450 to 550
m3
,,
,,
,,
,,
m2
,,
,,
,,
100
75
100
1.91
1.13
0.15
0.88
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
0.201
0.201
0.220
9.176
0.093
0.137
0.177
0.196
0.186
0.392
20.5
20.5
22.5
18
9.5
14
18
20
19
40
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
20
20
20
20
20
40
0.451
0.300
0.221
0.221
0.250
0.932
9.981
46
30.5
22.5
22.5
25.5
95
100
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
195
115
15
90
NOTE For unit weight of fixtures and fittings required to buildings including builders hardware, reference may be
made to appropriate Indian Standards.
*Specification for autoclaved reinforced cellular concrete wall slabs.
4. STORE AND MISCELLANEOUS

MATERIALS
materials intended for dead load calculations

and other general purposes are given in
Appendix A.
4.1 Units weights of store and miscellaneous
31
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

APPENDIX A
[ Clauses 1.1.1 ( Note ) and 4.1 ]
UNIT WEIGHTS OF STORE AND MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
WEIGHT/MASS
3
ANGLE OF
FRICTION,
DEGREES
8.45
5.50
7.35
2.95
5.80
4.90
2.20 to 5.90
1.25
3.45
860
560
750
300
590
500
225 to 600
125
350
45
6.75
7.55
7.35
5.30
6.55
7.35
8.15
6.85
0.98
1.45
3.45
690
770
750
540
670
750
830
700
100
150
350
27
27
30
30
33
30
28
30
30
30
1.65
0.69
14.10
170
70
1 440
1.65
4.60
2.85
170
470
290
3.90
1.85
400
190
20
MATERIAL
kN/m
kg/m
1. Agricultural and Food Products

Butter
Coffee in bags
Drinks in bottles, in boxes
Eggs, packed
Eats, oil
Fish meal
Flour in sacks up to 1 m height
Forage (bales)
Fruits
Grains:
Barley
Corn, shelled
Flax seed
Oats
Rice
Soyabeans
Wheat
Wheat flour
Grain sheaves up to 4 m stack height
Grain sheaves over 4 m stack height
Grass and clover
Hay:
Compressed
Loose up to about 3 m stack height
Honey
Hops:
In sacks
In cylindrical hop bins
Sewn up or compressed in cylindrical shape in
hop cloth
Malt:
Crushed
Germinated
Meat and meat products
Milk
Molasses
Onion in bags
Oil cakes, crushed
Potatoes
Preserves (tins in cases)
7.05
10.05
4.40
5.40
5.80
7.05
4.90 to 7.85
720
1 025
450
550
590
720
500 to 800
0
0
30
Salt:
Bags
Bulk
7.05
9.40
720
960
30
4.90 to 7.85
3.90 to 6.85
500 to 800
400 to 700
25
0.45
1.65
45
170
7.35
7.85
7.85
3.45
10.40
750
800
800
350
1 080
30
Seeds:
Heaps
Sacks
Straw and chaff:
Loose up to about 3 m stack height
Compressed
Sugar:
Crystal
Cube sugar in boxes
Sugar beet, pressed out
Tobacco bundles
Vinegar
32
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

WEIGHT/MASS
MATERIAL
kN/m3
kg/m3
ANGLE OF
FRICTION,
DEGREES
2. Chemicals and Allied Materials

Acid, hydrochloric
Acid, nitric 91%
Acid, sulphuric 87%
Alcohol
Alum, pearl, in barrel
Ammonia, liquid
Ammonium chloride, crystalline
Ammonium nitrate
Ammonium sulphate
Beeswax
Benzole
Benzene hexachloride
Bicarbonate of soda
Bone
Borax
Calcite
Camphor
Carbon disulphide
Casein
Caustic soda
Creosole
Dicalcium phosphate
Disodium phosphate
Iodine
Oils in bottles or barrels
11.75
14.80
17.55
7.65
5.20
8.85
8.15
7.05 to 9.80
7.05 to 9.00
9.40
8.90
8.75
6.40
18.65
17.15
26.50
9.70
12.75
13.25
13.85
10.50
6.65
3.90 to 4.80
48.55
5.70 to 8.90
1 200
1 510
1 790
780
530
900
830
720 to 1 000
720 to 920
960
910
890
650
1 900
1 750
2 700
990
1 300
1 350
1 410
1 070
6.80
400 to 490
4 950
580 to 910
5.70
7.05
8.50
9.40
7.85 to 9.40
9.90
17.85
580
720
865
960
800 to 960
1 010
1 820
12.25 to 13.35
13.25 to 15.70
11.60
12.55
10.40
11.75 to 13.25
12.85 to 13.55
13.25 to 13.55
14.40
8.65
9.90
20.70
87.30
6.75
1 250 to 1 360
1 350 to 1 600
1 185
1 280
1 060
1 200 to 1 350
1 310 to 1 380
1 350 to 1 380
1 470
880
1 010
2 110
8 900
690
8.90 to 9.40
8.90 to 9.10
9.91
8.35
20.10
27.45
9.40
7.05
910 to 960
910 to 930
1 010
850
2 050
2 800
960
720
30-40
25
32-45
45
30
45
30-45
Oil, linseed:
In barrels
In drums
Oil, turpentine
Paints
Paraffin wax
Petroleum
Phosphorus
Plastics:
Cellulose acetate
Cellulose nitrate
Methyl methacrylate
Phenol formaldehyde
Polystryrene
Polyvinyl chloride (Perspex)
Resin bonded sheet
Urea formaldehyde
Potash
Potassium
Potassium nitrate
Red lead, dry
Red lead, paste
Rosin in barrels
Rubber:
Raw
Vulcanized
Saltpetre
Sodium silicate in barrels
Sulphur
Talc
Varnishes
Vitriol, blue, in barrels
3. Fuels
Brown coal
Brown coal briquettes heaped
6.85
7.85
33
700
800
35
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

WEIGHT/MASS
MATERIAL
kN/m3
Brown coal briquettes, stacked

Charcoal
kg/m3
ANGLE OF
FRICTION,
DEGREES
12.75
2.95
1 300
300
9.80
11.75
6.85
8.35
1 000
1 200
700
850
35
0
25
35
4.90
9.80
8.35
9.80
9.40
3.90
6.75
1.95
1.45
2.45
500
1 000
850
1 000
960
400
690
200
150
250
35
35
35
35
0
45
0
45
35
35
11.75
17.65
11.75
1 200
1 800
1 200
45
45
24.30
25.30 to 26.60
25.90 to 27.45
0.028
2 580 to 2 710
2 640 to 2 800
2.8
60.90
65.70
6 210
6 700
Coal:
Untreated, mine-moist
In washeries
Dust
All other sorts
Coke:
Furnace or gas
Brown coal, low-temperature
Hard, raw coal
Hard, raw coal, mine-damp
Diesel oil
Firewood, chopped
Petrol
Wood in chips
Wood shavings, loose
Wood shavings, shaken down
4. Manures
Animal manures:
Loosely heaped
Stacked dung, up to about 2.5 m stack height
Artificial manures
5. Metals and Alloys
Aluminium
Cast
Wrought
Sheet per mm of thickness per m2
Antimony, pure:
Amorphous
Solid
Bismuth:
Liquid
Solid
98.07
95.02 to 97.09
10 000
9 690 to 9 900
83.75 to 84.05
85.03
15.60
63.95 to 66.00
8 540 to 8 570
8 670
1 590
6 520 to 6 730
83.25 to 85.10
88.45
8 490 to 8 680
9 020
86.20 to 87.65
86.70 to 87.65
0.09
8 790 to 8 940
8 840 to 8 940
8.7
188.75 to 189.55
189.55
19 250 to 19 330
19 330
70.60
68.95 to 69.90
74.35 to 75.70
75.50
7 200
7 030 to 7 130
7 580 to 7 720
7 700
Cadmium:
Cast
Wrought
Calcium
Chromium
Cobalt:
Cast
Wrought
Copper:
Cast
Wrought
Sheet per mm of thickness
Gold:
Cast
Wrought
Iron:
Pig
Grey, cast
White, cast
Wrought
34
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

WEIGHT/MASS
MATERIAL
kN/m3
kg/m3
ANGLE OF
FRICTION,
DEGREES
Lead:
Cast
Liquid
Wrought
Magnesium
Manganese
Mercury
Nickel
Platinum
111.20
105.00
111.40
0.11
16.45 to 17.15
72.55
133.35
81.20 to 87.20
210.25
11 340
10 710
11 360
11
1 680 to 1 750
7 400
13 600
8 280 to 8 890
21 440
102.0 to 102.85
93.15
103.35 to 103.55
10 400 to 10 490
9 500
10 540 to 10 560
Silver:
Cast
Liquid
Wrought
Sodium:
Liquid
Solid
9.10
9.30
930
950
Tungsten
Uranium
188.30
180.45
19 200
18 400
Zinc:
Cast
Wrought
68.95 to 70.20
70.50
0.07
7 030 to 7 160
7 190
7
75.40
82.00
85.10
27.45
71.70
95.00
7 690
8 360
8 680
2 800
7 310
9 690
80.60
84.25
80.30
8 220
8 590
8 190
82.75
85.10
83.85
8 440
8 680
8 550
85.60
86.10
75.40
8 730
8 780
7 690
82.75
81.70
81.40
8 440
8 330
8 300
184.75
168.20
18 840
17 150
Alloys:
Aluminium and copper
Aluminium 10%, copper 90%
Aluminium 91%, zinc 9%
Babbit metal (tin 90%, lead 5%, copper 5%)
Woods metal (bismuth 50%, lead 25%,
cadmium 12.5%, tin 12.5%)
Brasses:
Muntz metal (copper 60%, zinc 40%)
Red (copper 90%, zinc 10%)
White (copper 50%, zinc 50%)
Yellow (copper 70%, zinc 30%):
Cast
Drawn
Rolled
Bronzes:
Bell metal (copper 80%, tin 20%)
Gun metal (copper 90%, tin 10%)
Cadmium and tin
German Silver:
Copper 52%, zinc 26%, nickel 22%
Gold and Copper:
Gold 98%, copper 2%
Gold 90%, copper 10%
35
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

WEIGHT/MASS
MATERIAL
kN/m3
kg/m3
ANGLE OF
FRICTION,
DEGREES
Lead and Tin:

Lead 87.5%, tin 12.5%
Lead 30.5%, tin 69.5%
Monel metal, cast (nickel 70%, copper 30%)
103.85
81.10
87.00
10 590
8 270
8 870
77.00
76.80
0.08
7 850
7 830
8
10.80 to 15.70
5.50 to 6.30
5.50 to 6.30
7.05 to 7.85
7.05 to 7.85
7.05
3.55 to 8.35
18.65
8.35
9.80
11.75
21.95
10.80
7.85
7.85 to 8.50
7.05 to 9.30
5.90
1 100 to 1 600
560 to 645
560 to 645
720 to 800
720 to 800
720
360 to 850
1 900
851
1 000
1 200
2 240
1 100
800
800 to 865
720 to 950
600
30
40
38
52
50
30-45
27
28
30
30
29
34
Steel:
Cast
Wrought mild
Black plate per mm of thickness
Steel sections ( see 46 Steel sections in Table 1 )
6. Miscellaneous Materials
Aggregate, coarse
Ashes, coal, dry, 12 mm and under
Ashes, coal, dry, 75 mm and under
Ashes, coal, wet, 12 mm and under
Ashes, coal, wet, 75 mm and under
Asphalt, crushed, 12 mm and under
Ammonium nitrate, prills
Bone
Books and files, stacked
Calcium ammonium nitrate
Copper sulphate, ground
Chalk
Chinaware, earthenware, stacked (including cavities)
Clinker, furnace, clean
Diammonium phosphate
Double salt (ammonium sulphate nitrate)
Filling cabinets and cupboards with contents, in
records offices, libraries, archives
Flue dust, boiler house, dry
Fly ash, pulverised
5.50 to 7.05
5.50 to 7.05
720
720
30
2 400 to 2 720
16 to 120
2 600
1 280
889 to 960
960 to 1 280
1 440 to 1 600
40
45
30-45
560 to
560 to
Glass:
Glass, solid
Wool
In sheets
Glue
Gypsum, calcined, 12 mm and under
Gypsum, calcined, powdered
Gypsum, raw, 25 mm and under
23.50 to 26.70
0.16 to 1.18
25.50
12.55
8.60 to 9.40
9.40 to 12.55
14.10 to 15.70
Hides
Dry
Salted
Only green
8.65
Ice
Leather put in rows
Lime, ground, 3 mm and under
Lime, hydrated, 3 mm and under
Lime, hydrated, pulverized
Lime pebble
Limestone, agricultural, 3 mm and under
Limestone, crushed
Limestone dust
Magnesite, caustic, in powder form
Magnesite, sinter and magnesite, granular
Phosphate, rock, pulverized
Phosphate rock
Phosphate sand
Potassium carbonate
Potassium chloride, pellets
Potassium nitrate
Potassium sulphate
Pyrites, pellets
8.90
7.85
9.40
6.30
5.00 to 6.30
8.25 to 8.75
10.60
13.30 to 14.10
8.65 to 14.90
7.85
19.60
9.40
11.75 to 13.35
14.10 to 15.70
7.95
18.85 to 20.40
4.85
6.55 to 7.45
18.85 to 20.40
36
880
910
800
960
640
510 to 640
840 to 890
1 080
1 355 to 1 440
880 to 1 520
800
2 000
960
1 200 to 1 360
1 440 to 1 600
810
1 920 to 2 080
495
670 to 760
1 920 to 2 080
45
30-45
30-45
45
30-45
30-45
38-45
40-52
30-45
30-45
30-45
30-45
30
45
30-45
IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

WEIGHT/MASS
MATERIAL
kN/m3
Pumice
Rubbish:
5.80 to 9.90
Building
General
Salt, common, dry, coarse
Salt, common, dry, fine
Salt cake, dry, coarse
Salt cake, dry, pulverized
Sand, bank, damp
Sand, bank, dry
Sand, silica, dry
Saw dust, loose
Silica gel
Soda ash, heavy
Soda ash, light
Sodium nitrate, granular
Sulphur, crushed, 12 mm and under
Sulphur, 76 mm and under
Sulphur, powdered
Single superphosphate (S.S.P.), granulated
Slag, furnace, crushed
kg/m3
ANGLE OF
FRICTION,
DEGREES
590 to 1 010
13.80
6.30
6.30 to 10.00
11.00 to 12.55
13.35
11.20 to 13.35
17.25 to 20.40
14.10 to 17.25
14.10 to 15.70
1.57
4.40
8.65 to 10.20
4.70 to 6.00
11.00 to 12.55
7.85 to 8.25
8.65 to 13.35
7.85 to 9.40
7.65 to 8.25
14.90
1 410
645
640 to 1 020
1 120 to 1 280
1 360
1 140 to 1 360
1 760 to 2 080
1 440 to 1 760
1 440 to 1 600
160
450
880 to 1 040
480 to 610
1 120 to 1 280
800 to 840
880 to 1 360
800 to 960
780 to 840
1 520
30-45
30-45
30
35
45
30
30-35
30
30-45
35
37
24
35-45
32
30-45
37
35
13.80
44.00
9.40
7.85 to 8.65
2.85 to 5.70
6.40
1 410
4 490
960
800 to 880
2 910 to 5 810
650
30-45
30-45
23-26
29.80
26.50
13.85
3 040
2 700
1 400
29.80
19.60
3 040
2 000
7.35
12.75
2.95
8.90
6.85
750
1 300
300
910
700
6.85
3.90
10.80
4.90
12.75
700
400
1 100
500
1 300
Steel goods:
Cylinders, usually stored for carbonic acid, etc
Sheets, railway rails, etc, usually stored
Trisodium phosphate
Triple superphosphate
Turf
Urea, prills
7. Ores
Antimony
Ferrous sulphide
Ferrous sulphide ore
waste after roasting
Iron ore, compact storing
Magnesium ore
8. Textiles, Paper and Allied Materials
Cellulose in bundles
Cotton, compressed
Flax, piled and compressed in bales
Furs
Jute in bundles
Paper:
In bundles and rolls
Newspapers in bundles
Put in rows
Thread in bundles
Wood, compressed
37
Bureau of Indian Standards

BIS is a statutory institution established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act, 1986 to promote
harmonious development of the activities of standardization, marking and quality certification of goods and
attending to connected matters in the country.
Copyright
BIS has the copyright of all its publications. No part of these publications may be reproduced in any form
without the prior permission in writing of BIS. This does not preclude the free use, in the course of
implementing the standard, of necessary details, such as symbols and sizes, type or grade designations.
Enquiries relating to copyright be addressed to the Director (Publications), BIS.
Review of Indian Standards
Amendments are issued to standards as the need arises on the basis of comments. Standards are also
reviewed periodically; a standard along with amendments is reaffirmed when such review indicates that no
changes are needed; if the review indicates that changes are needed, it is taken up for revision. Users of
Indian Standards should ascertain that they are in possession of the latest amendments or edition by
referring to the latest issue of BIS Catalogue and Standards : Monthly Additions.
This Indian Standard has been developed by Technical Committee : CED 37
Amendments Issued Since Publication
Amend No.
Date of Issue
Amd. No. 1
December 1997
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS

Headquarters:
Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi 110002.
Telephones: 323 01 31, 323 33 75, 323 94 02
Telegrams: Manaksanstha
(Common to all offices)
Regional Offices:
Central
: Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg

NEW DELHI 110002
Eastern
: 1/14 C. I. T. Scheme VII M, V. I. P. Road, Kankurgachi

KOLKATA 700054
Telephone
323 76 17
323 38 41
337 84 99, 337 85 61

337 86 26, 337 91 20
60
60
Northern : SCO 335-336, Sector 34-A, CHANDIGARH 160022
38 43
20 25
Southern : C. I. T. Campus, IV Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113
235 02 16, 235 04 42

235 15 19, 235 23 15
Western : Manakalaya, E9 MIDC, Marol, Andheri (East)

MUMBAI 400093
832 92 95, 832 78 58

832 78 91, 832 78 92
Branches : A H M E D A B A D . B A N G A L O R E . B H O P A L . B H U B A N E S H W A R . C O I M B A T O R E .
FARIDABAD. GHAZIABAD. GUWAHATI. HYDERABAD. JAIPUR. KANPUR.
LUCKNOW. NAGPUR. NALAGARH. PATNA. PUNE. RAJKOT. THIRUVANANTHAPURAM.
VISHAKHAPATNAM.
IS : 875 ( Part 2 ) - 1987

(Reaffirmed 1997)
Indian Standard
CODE OF PRACTICE FOR
DESIGN LOADS (OTHER THAN EARTHQUAKE)
FOR BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES
PART 2 IMPOSED LOADS
(Second Revision)
~Sixtll Reprint JUNE 1998
UDC 624~042.3 : 006.76
@ Copyright 1989
BUREAU
OF
INDIAN
STANDARDS
MANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG

NEW DELHI 110002
Gr 8
March 1989
IS : 875 ( Part 2 ) - 1987
.I
Indian Standard
CODEOFPRACTICEFOR
DESIGNLOADS(OTHERTHANEARTHQUAKE)
FORBUILDINGSANDSTRUCTURES
(Second Revsion)
Structural Safety Sectional Committee, BDC 37
Chairman
BRIG
L. V.
R AMAKRISHNA
Representing
Engineer-in-Chiefs Branch, Army Headquarters, New

Delhi
Members
D R K. G. BHATIA
S HRI M. S. BHATIA
SHRT N. K. BHATTACHARYA
SHRI S. K. MA L H O T R A (Alternate )
C HAKRABARTI
SHKI A. D A T T A ( AIIernare )
C HIEF E NGINEER ( NDZ ) II
S U P E R I N T E N D I N G S URVEYOR OF W O R K S
( NDZ ) II ( Alternate )
D R P. DA Y A R A T N A M
D R A. S. R. SAI ( Alternate )
D E P U T Y M U N I C I P A L COMMISSIOKER ( EN G G )
C ITY E NGINEER ( Alternate )
D IRECTOR ( CMDD-I )
D EPUTY D IRECTOR ( CMDD-I ) ( Alternate )
M A J- GEN A. M. GOGLEKAR
P ROF D. N. T RIKHA ( Alternate )
SHRI A. C. GUPTA
SHRI P. SEN G U P T A
S HRI M. M. GHOSH ( Alternate )
SHRI G. B. J A H A G I R D A R
DR
S. C.
J OINT D IRECTOR S T A N D A R D S ( B & S ), CB

S HRI S. P. JOSHI
S HRI A. P. M ULL ( Alternate )
S HRI S. R. KUI.KARNI
S HRI S. N. PAL ( Alternate )
S HRI H. N. MI S H R A
SHRI R. K. PUNHANI ( Alternate )
S HRI T. K. D. MU N S H I
D R 6. RA J K U M A R
D R M. N. KESHWA RA O
S HRI S. GO M A T H I N A Y A G A M ( Alternate )
D R T. N. S UBBA R A O
DR S. V. L O N K A R ( AIfernafe )
S HRI P. K. RA Y
S HRI P. K. M UKHERJEE ( Alternate )
SHRI S. SE E T H A R A M A N
S HRI S. P. C HAKRABORTY ( Alternate )
Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd ( Corporate, Research &

Development Division ), Hyderabad
In pe;rs;;l) capacity ( A-2136, Sa/darjmg Enclave, New
Engineer-in-Chiefs Branch, Army Headquarters, New
De Ihi
Central Building Research Institute ( CSIR ), Roorkee
Central Public Works Department, New Delhi
Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur
Municipal Corporation of Greater Bombay, Bombay
Central Water Commission, New Delhi
Institution of Engineers ( India ), Calcutta
National Thermal Power Corporation Ltd, New Delhi
Stewarts and Lloyds of India Ltd, Calcutta
National Industrial Development Corporation Ltd, New
Delhi
Ministry of Railways
Tata Consulting Engineers, New Delhi
M. N. Dastur & Co, Calcutta
Forest Research institute and Colleges, Dehra Dun
Engineers India Ltd. New Delhi
National Council for Cement and Building Materials,
New Delhi
Structural Engineering Research Centre ( CSIR ), Madras
Gammon India Ltd, Bombay
Indian Engineering Association, Calcutta
Ministry of Surface Transport ( Roads Wing ), New Delhi
( Continued on page 2 )
0 Copyright 1989
This publication is protected under the Indian Cop.vright Act ( XIV of 1957) and reproduction in whole or
in part by any means except with written permission of the publisher shall be deemed to be an infringement
of copyright under the said Act.
IS : 875 ( Part 2 ) - 1987

( Continuedfrom page 1 )
Representing
Members
SHRI
SHRI
S HRI
India Meteorological Department, New Delhi

National Buildings Organization, New Delhi
M. C. SHARMA
K. S. SRINIVASAN
SHRI A. K. LAL ( Alternate )
SUSHJL KLIMAR
National Building Construction Corporation, Limited,

New Delhi
Director General, BIS ( Ex-officio Member )
SHRI G. RAMAN,
Director ( Civ Engg )
Secretary
S HRI
B. R. NARAYANAPPA
Deputy Director ( Civ Engg ), BIS
Panel on Loads ( Other than Wind Loads ), BDC 37 : P3

Convener
D R T. N. SUBBA RA O
D R S. V. LONKAR ( Alternate )
Gammon India Limited, Bombay
Members
D R T. V. S. R. APPA RA O
D R M. N. KESHAVA R AO ( Alternate )
S. R. KULKARNI
SHRI M. L. MLHTA
SHRI
SHRI S. K. DATTA ( Alternate )

D R C. N. SRINIVASAN
SUPERINTENDING E NGINEER ( D )
DR
E XECUTIVE E NGINEER ( D ) VII ( Alternate )

V ISVESVARAYA
H. C.
Structural Engineering Research Centre, CSIR Campus,

Madras
M. N. Dastur & Co Ltd, Calcutta
Metallurgical & Engineering Consultants ( India ) Ltd.
Ranchi
M/s C. R. Narayana Rao, Madras
Central Public Works Department ( Central Designs
Organization ), New Delhi
National Council for Cement and Building Materials,
New Delhi
IS : 875 ( Part 2 ) - 1987

CONTENTS
Page
0.
FOREWORD
...
*..
...
...
...
1.
SCOPE
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
..,
...
...
...
5
6
6
12
12
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
.,.
12
13
13
...
...
...
13
...
...
...
13
...
...
...
13
13
TERMINOLOGY
...
...
...
2.
3.
IMPOSED LOADS ON FLOORS D UE TO USE AND O CCUPANCY
3.1
Imposed Loads
...
...
3.1.1 Load Application
...
...
3.1.2 Loads Due to Partitions
...
4.1
Reduction in Imposed Loads on Floors

Posting of Floor Capacities
...
IMPOSED LOADS ON ROOFS
...
Imposed Loads on Various Types of Roofs
4.2
Concentrated Load on Roof Coverings
4.3
Loads Due to Rain
4.4
4.5
5.
...
Dust Load
Loads on Members Supporting Roof Coverings
IMPOSED HORIZONTAL LOADS ON PARAPETS AND BALUSTRADES
...
...
...
.,.
...
...
6.
LOADING EFFECTS DUE TO IMPACT AND VIBRATION
...
...
3.2
3.3
4.
...
...
Impact Allowance for Lifts, Hoists and Machinery

...
6.1
Concentrated Imposed Loads with Impact and Vibration
.,*
6.2
Impact Allowances for Crane Girders
...
...
6.3
...
Crane Load Combinations
...
6.4
...
7.
OTHER LOADS
...
f..
...
...
APPENDIX A ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLE SHOWING REDUCTION OF UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED
IMPOSED F LOOR L OADS IN M U L T I- STOREYED B UILDINGS FOR D ESIGN OF
C OLUMNS
.I
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
IS : 875 ( Part 2 ) - 1987
Indian Standard

FOR BUILDINGS AND STtiUCTURES
(Second Revision)
0.
FOR E W O R D
0.1 This Indian Standard ( Part 2 ) ( Second

Revision ) was adopted by the Bureau of Indian
Standards on 31 August 1987. after the draft
finalized by the Structural Safety Sectional Committee had been approved by the Buildmg Division Council.
0.2 A building has to perform many functions
satisfactorily. Amongst these functions are the
utility of the building for the intended use
and occupancy, structural safety, fire safety;
and compliance with hygienic, sanitation, ventilation and day light standards. The design of
the building is dependent upon the minimum
requirements prescribed for each of the above
functions. The minimum requirements pertaining
to the structural safety of buildings are being
covered in this Code by way of laying down
minimum design loads which have to be assumed
for dead loads, imposed loads, snow loads and
other external loads, the structure would be
required to bear. Strict conformity to loading
standards recommended in this Code, it is hoped,
will not only ensure the structural safety of the
buildings which are being designed and constructed in the country and thereby reduce the hazards
to life and property caused by unsafe structures,
but also eliminate the wastage caused by assuming
unnecessarily heavy loadings.
0.3 This Code was first published in 1957 for the
guidance of civil engineers, designers and architects associated with the planning and design of
buildings. It included the provisions for the basic
design loads ( dead loads, live loads, wind loads
and seismic loads ) to be assumed in the design
of buildings. In its firs! revision in 1964, the
wind pressure provisions were modified on the
basis of studies of wind phenomenon and its
effects on structures, undertaken by the special
committee in consultation with the Indian
Meteorological Department. In addition to this,
new clauses on wind loads for butterfly type
structures were included; wind ,pressure coefficients for sheeted roofs, both curved and sloping,
were modified; seismic load provisions were deleted ( separate code having been prepared ) and
metric system of weights and measurements was
adopted.
0.3.1 With the increased adoption of the Code,

a number of comments were received on the provisions on live load values adopted for different
occupancies. Simultaneously live load surveys
have been carried out in America and Canada to
arrive at realistic live loads based on actual determination of loading ( movable and immovable )
in different occupancies. Keeping this in view
and other developments in the field of wind
engineering, the Sectional Committee responsible
for the preparation of the Code has decided to
prepare the second revision of IS : 875 in the
following five parts :
Part 1 Dead loads
Part 3 Wind loads
Part 4 Snow loads
Part 5 Special loads and load combinations
Earthquake load is covered in a separate
standard, namely IS : 1893-1984* which should
be considered along with above loads.
0.3.2 This Code ( Part 2 ) deals with imposed
loads on buildings produced by the intended
occupancy or use. In this revision, the following
importalit changes have been made:
a) The use of the term live load has been
modified to imposed load to cover not
only the physical contribution due to
persons but also due to nature of occupancy, the furniture and other equipments
which are a part of the character of the
occupancy.
b) The imposed loads on floors and roofs
have been rationalized based on the
codified data available in large number
of latest foreign national standards, and
other literature. Further, these values
have been spelt out for the major occupancies as classified in the National
Building Code of India as well as the
various service areas appended to the major
occupancies.
*Criteria for earthquake resistant design of structures
(fourth revision ).
IS : 875 ( Part 2 ) - 1987
C)
4
e)
f>
g>
the prevailing practices in regard to loading

standards followed in this country by the various
municipal authorities and has also taken note of
the developments in a number of countries abroad.
In the preparation of this Code, the following
national standards have been examined :
The reduction of imposed loads for

design of vertical supporting members
in multi-storeyed b u i l d i n g s h a s b e e n
further increased from 40 to 50 percent.
Provision has been included for sign
posting of loads on floors in view of
the different loadings specified. for
different occupancies and to avoid possible misuse in view of conversion of
occupancies.
The value of loads on parapets and
balustrades have been revised with its
effect taken both in the horizontal and
vertical directions.
In the design of dwelling units planned
with
executed in accordance
and
IS : 8888-1979*, an imposed load of 1.5
kN/m* is allowed.
SI Units have been used in the Code.
a) BS 6399 : Part 1 : 1984 Design Loading for

Buildings Part I: Code of Practice for
Dead and Imposed Loads. British Standards Institution.
b) AS : 1170, Part 1-1983 - SAA Loading
Code, Part I Dead and Live Loads.
Australian Standards Institution.
c) NZS 4203-1976 New Zealand Standard
General Structural Design and Design
Loading for Building. Standards Association of New Zealand.
d) ANSI. A 58.1 - 1982American Standard
Building Code Requirements for Minimum
Design Loads in Buildings and Other
Structures.
0.3.3 The buildings and structural systems shall

provide such structural integrity that the hazards
associated with progressive collapse such as that
due to local failure caused by severe overloads or
abnormal loads not specifically covered therein
are reduced to a level consistent with good
engineering practice.
e) National Building Code of Canada ( 1977 )

Supplement No. 4. Canadian Structural
Design Manual.
f ) DIN 1055 Sheet 3 - 1971 Design Loads
0.3.4 Whenever buildings are designed for future

additions of floor at a later date, the number of
storeys for which columns/walls, foundations, etc,
have been structurally designed may be posted in
a conspicuous place similar to posting of floor
capacities and both could be placed together.
0.4 The Sectional Committee responsible for the
preparation of this Code has taken into account
- *Guide for requirements of low income housing.
for Buildings - Live Load ( West German

Loading Standards ).
!?I IS0 2103-1986 Loads due to use and
occupancy in residential and public buildings.
h)
IS0 2633-1974 Determination of Imposed Floor Loads in Production Buildings

and Warehouses. lnternational Organization for Standardization.
2.1 Imposed Load - The load assumed to be

produced by the intended use or occupancy of a
building, mcluding the weight of movable partitions, distributed, concentrated loads, load due
to impact and vibration, and dust load but excluding wind, seismic, snow and other loads due
to temperature changes, creep, shrinkage, differential settlement, etc.
2.2 Occupancy or Use Group - The principal
occupancy for which a building or part of a building is used or intended to be used; for the purpose of classification of a building according to
occupancy, an occupancy shall be deemed to
include subsidiary occupancies which are contingent upon it. The occupancy classification is
given from 2.2.1 to 2.2.8.
2.2.1 Assembly Buildings - These shall include
any building or part of a building where groups
of people congregate or gather for amusement,
recreation, social, religious, patriotic, Civil, travel
and similar purposes, for example, theatres,
motion picture houses, assembly halls, city halls,
1. SCOPE
1.1 This standard ( Part 2) covers imposed loads*

( live loads ) to be assumed in the design of buildings. The imposed !oads, specified herein, are
minimum loads which should be taken into consideration for the purpose of structural safety of
buildings.
1.2 This Code does not cover detailed provisions
for loads incidental to construction and special
cases of vibration, such as moving machinery,
heavy acceleration from cranes, hoists and the
like. Such loads shall be dealt with individually
in each case.
2. TERMINOLOGY
2.0 For the purpose of this Code, the following
definitions shall apply.
*The word imposed load is used through out instead
of live load which is synonymous.
5
IS : 875 ( Part 2 ) - 1987

marriage halls, town halls, auditoria, exhibition
halls, museums, skating rinks, gymnasiums,
restaurants ( also used as assembly halls ), places
of worship, dance halls, club rooms, passenger
stations and terminals of air, surface and other
public transportation services, recreation piers
and stadia, etc.
provided for normal residential purposes with or

without cooking or dining or both facilities
( except buildings under 2.2.5). It includes one
multi-family dwellings, apartment houses
phats ), lodging or rooming houses, restaurants,
hostels, dormitories and residential hotels.
2.2.7.1 Dwellings - These shall include any
building or. p;i:t occupied by members of single/
multi-family units with independent cooking
These shall also include apartment
facilities.
houses ( flats ).
2.2.2 Business Buildings - These shall include

any building or part of a building, which is used for
transaction of business ( other than that covered
by 2.2.6 ); for the keeping of accounts and records
for similar purposes; offices, banks, professional
establishments, court houses, and libraries shall
be classified in this group so far as principal function of these is transaction of public business
and the keeping of books and records.
2.2.8 Storage Buildings - These shall include

any building or part of a building used primarily
for the storage or sheltering of goods, wares or
merchandize, like warehouses, cold storages,
freight depots, transity sheds, store houses, garages, hangers, truck terminals, grain elevators,
barns and stables.
2.2.2.1 Ofice buildings - The buildings

primarily to be used as an office or for office purposes; office purposes include the purpose of
administration, clerical work, handling money,
telephone and telegraph operating and operating
computers, calculating machines; clerical work
includes writing, book-keeping, sorting papers,
typing, filing, duplicating, punching cards or
tapes, drawing of matter for publication and the
editorial preparation of matter for publication.
3. IMPOSED LOADS ON FLOORS DUE TO

USE AND OCCUPANCY
3.1 Imposed Loads - The imposed loads to be
assumed in the design of buildings shall be the
greatest loads that probably will be produced by
the intended use or occupancy, but shall not be
less than the equivalent minimum loads specified
in Table 1 subject to any reductions permitted
by 3.2.
2.2.3 Educational Buildings - These shall

include any building used for school, college or
day-care purposes involving assembly for instruction, education or recreation and which is not
covered by 2.2.1.
Floors shall be investigated for both the

uniformly distributed load ( UDL ) and the corresponding concentrated load specified in Table 1
and designed For the most adverse effects but
they shall not be considered to act simultaneously.
The concentrated loads specified in Table 1 may
be assumed to act over an area of 0.3 x 0.3 m.
However, the concentrated loads need not
be considered where the floors are capable of
effective lateral distribution of this load.
2.2.4 Industrial Buildings - These shall include

any building or a part of a building or structure in
which products or materials of various kinds and
properties are fabricated, assembled or processed
like assembly plants, power plants, refineries, gas
p!ants, mills, dairies, factories, workshops, etc.
2.2.5 Institutional Buildings - These shall include
any building or a part thereof, which isused for
purposes, such as medical or other treatment in
case of persons suffering from physical and mental
illness, disease or infirmity; care of infants, convalescents of aged persons and for penal or correctional detention in which the liberty of the
inmates is restricted. Institutional buildings
ordinarily provide sleeping accommodation for
the occupants. It includes hospitals, sanitoria,
custodial institutions or penal institutions like
jails, prisons and reformatories.
All other structural elements shall be investigated for the effects of uniformly distributed loads
on the floors specified in Table 1.
N OTE 1 - Where in Table 1, no values are given for
concentrated load, it may be assumed that the tabulated distributed load is adequate for design purposes.
N OTE 2 - The loads specified in Table I are equivalent uniformly distributed loads on the plan area and
provide for normal effect of impact and acceleration.
They do not take into consideration special concentrated loads and other loads.
N OTE 3 - Where the use of an area or floor is not
provided in Table 1, the imposed load due to the use
and occupancy of such an area shall be determined
from the analysis of loads resulting from:
2.2.6 Mercantile Buildings -These shall include

any building or a part of a building which is used
as shops, stores, market for display and sale of
merchandise either wholesale or retail. Office,
storage and service facilities incidental to the sale
of merchandise and located in the same building
shall be included under this group.
a! weight of the probable assembly of persons;

b) weight of the probable accumulation of equipment
and furnishing;
4 weight of the probable storage materials; and

4 impact factor, if any.
2.2.7 Residential Buildings - These shall include

any building in which sleeping accommodation is
6
IS : 875 ( Part 2 ) - 1987

TABLE 1 IMPOSED FLOOR LOADS FOR DlFFERENT OCCUPANCIES
(Clauses 3.1, 3.1.1 and4.1.1 )
SL
No.
OCCYJPANCY
CLASSIFICATION
U NIFORMLY
DISTRIBUTED
L OAD ( UDL )
C ONCENTRATED
LOAD
(3)
kNlma
(4)
kN
(2)
(1)
i ) RESIDENTIAL BUILDINS
a) Dwelling houses:
1) All rooms and kitchens
20
18
2) Toilet and bath rooms
20
3) Corridors, passages, staircases

including tire escapes and store
rooms
3.0
4.5
b)
trated at the outer edge
kitchens,
I.5
14
2) Corridors, passages and staircases including fire escapes
1.5
14
3) Balconies
3.0
Habitable rooms,
toilet and bathrqoms
1.5 per metre run concentrated at the outer edge
Hotels, hostels, boarding houses,

dormitories,
lodging
houses,
residential clubs:
Living rooms, bed rooms and
dormitories
Kitchens and laundries
20
1.8
3.0
4.5
3)
Billiards room and public loungcs
3.0
2.7
4)
5.0
4.5
5)
Store rooms
Dining rooms, cafeterias and
restaurants
4.0
2.7
6)
Oflice rooms
2.5
2.7
7)
Rooms for indoor games
3.0
1.8
8)
Baths Lind toilets
20
9)
Corridors, passages, staircases

including fire escapes, lobbies
-- as per the floor serviced
( excluding stores and the like )
but not less than
30
4.5
1)
2)
10)
d)
15 per metre run concen-
Dwelling units planned and executcd in accordance with IS : 888S1979* only:

1)
C)
3.0
Balconies
4)
Balconies
Same as rooms to which

they give access but with
a minimum of 40
Boiler rooms and plant rooms - to

be calcuiated but not less than
50

6.7
( Continued )
IS : 875 ( Part 2 ) - 1987

TABLE 1 IMPbED FLOOR LOADS FOR DIFFERENT OCCUPANCIES - Conrd
O CCUPANCY C LASSIFICATION
SL
No.
UNSFORMLY
DISTRIBUTED
L OAD ( UDL )
CONCENTRATED
LOAD
(3)
kN/ms
(4)
kN
Garage floors ( including parking area and repair workshops )

for passenger cars and vehicles
not exceeding 25 tonnes gross
weight, including access ways
and ramps - to be calculated
but not less than
2.5
9.0
Garage floors for vehicles not

exceeding 4.0 tonnes gross
weight ( including access ways
and ramps ) - to be calculated
but not less than
50
9.0
(2)
(1)
e) Garages:
ii) EDUCATIONAL BUILDINGS
a) Class rooms and lecture rooms
( not used for assembly purposes )
b) Dining rooms,
cafeterias
restaurants
and
4 Offices, lounges and staff rooms

d) Dormitories
e)
f1
Lx)
h)
3
30
2.1
3.0t
2.7
2.5
2.7
2.0
2.7
-
Projection rooms
50
Kitchens
3.0
Toilets and bathrooms
2.0
4.5
-
Store rooms
5.0
45
Libraries and archives:

1) Stack room/stack area
60 kN/ms for a minimum

height of 22 m + 20
kN/m* per metre height
beyond 2.2 m
45
2) Reading rooms ( without separate storage )
40
4.5
3) Reading rooms ( with separate

storage
3.0
4.5
k) Boiler rooms and plant rooms - to
4.0
45
be calculated but not less than
ml
40
Corridors, passages, lobbies, staircases including fire escapes - as per

the floor serviced ( without accounting for storage and projection
rooms ) but not less than
n) Balconies

a minimum of 4.0
4.5
15 per metre run concentrated at the outer edge
iii) INSTITUTIONAL BUILDlNGS

a) Bed rooms, wards, dressing rooms,
dormitories and lounges
20
1.8
b) Kitchens, laundries and laboratories
3.0
45
( Continued )
IS : 875 ( Part 2 ) - 1987

TABLE 1 IMPOSED FLOOR LOADS FOR DIFFERENT OCCUPANCIES - Cod
SL
No.
(1)
(2)
UNIFORMLY
DISTRIB UTED
L OAD ( UDL )
C ONCENTRATED
LOAD
(3)
kN/m
(4)
kN
3.0t
2.7
d) Toilets and bathrooms
2.0
e) X-ray rooms, operating rooms,

general storage areas -to be calculated but not less than
30
45
f)
25
27
40
45
50
4.5
c) Dining rooms,
restaurants
cafeterias
and
Office rooms and OPD rooms
g) Corridors, passages, lobbies and

staircases including fire escapes as per the floor serviced but not less
than
h) Boiler rooms and plant rooms - to
j) Balconies
Same as the rooms to

which they give access but
with a minimum of 4.0
15 per metre run concentrated at the outer edge
iv) ASSEMBLY BUILDINGS

a) Assembly areas:
1) with fixed seatsz
40
2) without fixed seats
50
3.6
b) Restaurants ( subject to assembly ),

museums and art galleries and
gymnasia
4.0
4.5
c) Projection rooms
5'0
d) Stages
50
4.5
e) Office rooms, kitchens and laundries
30
4.5
f) Dressing rooms
20
18
g) Lounges and billiards rooms
2.0
2.7
h) Toilets and bathrooms

j) Corridors,
passages,
including fire escapes
k) Balconies
2.0
staircases
40
a mintmum of 4.0
4.5
m) Boiler rooms and plant rooms

including weight of machinery
75
45
n)- Corridors, passages subject to loads

greater than from crowds, such as
wheeled vehicles, trolleys and the
like. Corridors, staircases and passages in grandstands
50
4.5
v) BUSINESS AND OFFICE BUILDINGS ( see ulso 3.1.2 )

a) Rooms for general use with separate
storage
25
27
b) Rooms &thout separate storage
4.0
4.5
I Continued )
9
IS : 875 ( Part 2 ) - 1987

TABLE 1
IMPOSED FLOOR LOADS FOR DIFFERENT OCCUPANCIES - Contd
SL
No.
UNTFORMLY
D ISTRIBUTED
L OAD ( UDL )
(2)
(1)
CONCENTRATED
LOAD
(3)
kN/m
30
(4)
kNe
2.7
d) Business computing machine rooms

( with fixed computers or similar
equipment )
35
4.5
and
50
4.5
f) Vaults and strong room - to be

calculated but not less than
50
4.5
g) Cafeterias and dining rooms
3.0t
2.7
h) Kitchens
3.0
2.7
j) Corridors, passages, lobbies and

staircases including fire escapes - as
per the floor serviced (excluding
stores ) but not less than
4.0
4.5
k) Bath and toilet rooms
2.0
.-.
c) Banking halls
e) Records/files
storage space
store
rooms
m) Balconies

a minimum of 4.0
n) Stationary stores
40 for each metre of

storage height
p)
Boiler rooms and plant rooms - to

q) Libraries
I.5 per metre run concentrated at the outer edge
50
see
Sl No. ( ii )
vi) MERCANTILE BUILDINGS

a) Retail shops
4.0
3.6
b) Wholesale shops - to be calculated

but not less than
60
4.5
c) Office rooms
25
27
d) Dining rooms, restaurants and cafeterias
30t
2.7
e) Toilets
2.0
f) Kitchens and laundries
30
45
g) Boiler roooms and plant rooms to be calculated but not less than
50
6.7
h) Corridors,
staircases
passages,
including fire escapes and lobbies
4.0
4.5
j) Corridors, passages, staircases subject to loads greater than from

crowds, such as wheeled vehicles,
trolleys and the like
5.0
4.5
k) Balconies

a minimum of 4.0
10
IS : 875 ( Part 2 ) - 1987

TABLE 1 IMPOSED FLOOR LOADS FOR DIFFERENT OCCUPANCIES - Contd
SL
No.
(1)
U NIFORMLY
DrsTRleUTED
LOAD ( UDL )
C ONCENTRATED
LOAD
(3)
(4)
kN/ma
kN
(2)
vii) INDUSTRIAL BUILDTNGS
a) Work areas without machinery/

equipment
2.5
4.5
50
b) Work areas with machinery/equipments
1) Light duty
1 To be calcula2) Medium duty > ted but not
3) Heavy duty J less than
7.0
10.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
d Boiler rooms and plant rooms - to
5.0
6.7
4 Cafeterias and dining rooms
3.0t
2.7
e) Corridors, passages and staircases
4.0
4.5
5.0
4.5
3.0
20
4.5
including fire escapes
f)
Corridors, passages, staircases subject to machine loads, wheeled

vehicles - lo be calculated but not
less than
9) Kitchens
h) Toilets and bathrooms
viii) STORAGE BUILDINGS /I
Storage rooms ( other than cold
storage ) warehouses - to be calculated based on the bulk density of
materials stored but not less than
2.4
kN/m* per each
metre of storage height
with a minimum of
7.5 kN/ma
7.0
b) Cold storage -- to be calculated
per each
kN/m2
5.0
metre of storage height
w i t h a minimum of
15 kN/m*
9.0
but not less than
Corridors, passages and staircases

including fire escapes --~ as per the
floor serviced but not less than
4.0
4.5
d) Corridors, passages subject to loads
5.0
4.5
e) Boiler rooms and plant rooms
7.5
4.5
cl
greater than from crowds, such as

wheeled vehicles, trolleys and the
like
*Guide for requirements of low income housing.

tWhere unrestricted assembly of persons is anticipated, the value of UDL should be increased to 4.0 kN/m*.
$With fixed seats implies that the removal of the seating and the use of the space for other purposes is
improbable. The maximum likely load in this case is, therefore, closely controlled.
The loading in industrial buildings ( workshops and factories ) varies considerably and SO three loadings
under the terms light, medium and heavy are introduced in order to allow for more economical designs but
the terms have no special meaning in themselves other than the imposed load for which the relevant floor is designed. It is, however, important particularly in the case of heavy weight loads, to assess the actual loads to ensure
that they are not in excess of 10 kN/m*; in case where they are in excess, the design shall be based on the actual
loadings.
i/For various mechanical handling equipment which are used to transport goods, as in warehouses, workshops,
store rooms, etc, the actual load coming from the use of such equipment shall be as-ertained and design should
cater to such loads.
11
IS : 875 ( Part 2 ) - 1Yar

N OTE 4 - While selecting a particular loading, the
possible change in use or occupancy of the building
should be kept in view. Designers should not necessarily select in every case the lower loading appropriate
to the first occupancy. In doing this, they might introduce considerable restrictions in the use of the build-
ing at a later date and thereby reduce its utility.
N OTE 5 - The loads specified herein which are

based on estimations, may be considered as the
characteristic loads for the purpose of limit state
method of design till such time statistical data are
established based on load surveys to be conducted in
the country.
N OTE 6 - When an existing building is altered by
an extension in height or area, all existing structural
parts affected by the addition shall be strengthened,
where necessary, and all new structural parts shall be
designed to meet the requirements for building thereafter erected.
N OTE 7 - The loads specified in the Code does not
include loads incidental to construction. Therefore,

close supervision during construction is essential to
eusure that overloading of the building due to loads

by way of stacking of building materials or use of
equipment ( for example, cranes and trucks ) during
construction or loads which may be induced by floor to
floor propping in multi-storeyed construction. does not
occur. However: if construction loads were of short
duration, permissible increase in stresses in the case of
working stress method or permissible decrease in load
factors in limit state method, as applicable to relevant
design codes, may be allowed for.
N OTE 8 - The loads in Table 1 are grouped together
as applicable to buildings having separate principal
occupancy or use. For a building with multiple occupancies, the loads appropriate to the occupancy with
comparable use shall be chosen from other occupancies.
N OTE 9 -- Regarding loading on machine rooms
inc!uding storage space used for repairing lift
machines, designers should go by the recommendations
of lift manufacturers for the present. Regarding the
loading due to false ceiling the same should be considered as an imposed load on the roof/floor to which
it is fixed.
3.1.1 Load Application - The uniformly distributed loads specified in Table 1 shall be applied
as static loads over the entire floor area under
consideration or a portion of the floor area whichever arrangement produces critical effects on the
structural elements as provided in respective
design codes.
weight per metre run of finished partitions,

subject to a minimum of 1 kN/m2, provided total
weight of partition walls per square metre of the
wall area does not exceed 1.5 kN/m2 and the
total weight per metre length is not greater than
4.0 kN.
3.2 Reduction in Imposed Loads on Floors
3.2.1 For Floor Supporting Structuraal Members Except as provided for in 3.2.1.1, the following
reductions in assumed total imposed loads on
floors may be made in designing columns, load
bearing walls, piers, their supports and foundations.
Number of Floors ( In&d- Reduction in Total
ing the Roof) to be Carried Distributed Imposed
by Member under
Load on all Floors to
Consideration
be Carried by the
Member under
Consideration
( Percent )
1
2
3
4
5 to 10
Over 10
0
10
20
30
40
50
3.2.1.1 NO reduction shall be made for any

plant or machinery which is specifically allowed
for, or in buildings for storage purposes, warehouses and garages. However, for other buildings
where the floor is designed for an imposed floor
load of 5.0 kN/m or more, the reductions shown
in 3.2.1 may be taken, provided that the loading
assumed is not less than it would have been if all
the floors had been designed for 5.0 kNjmZ with
no reductions.
N OTE -In case if the reduced load in the lower
floor is lesser than the reduced load in the upper floor,
then the reduced load of the upper floor will be
adopted.
In the design of floors, the concentrated loads

are considered to be applied in the positions which
produce the maximum stresses and where deflection is the main criterion, in the positions which
produce the maximum deflections Concentrated
load, when used for the calculation of bending and
shear are assumed to act at a point. When used
for the calculation of local effects, such as crushing or punching, they are assumed to act over an
actual area of application of 0.3 x 0.3 m.
3.2.1.2 An example is given in Appendix A

illustrating the reduction of imposed loads in a
multi-storeyed building in the design of column
members.
3.2.2 For Reams in Each Floor Level - Where
a single span of beam, girder or truss supports
not less than 50 m2 of floor at one general level,
the imposed floor load may be reduced in the
design of the beams, girders or trusses by 5 percent for each 50 ma area supported subject to a
maximum reduction of 25 percent. However, no
reduction shall be made in any of the following
types of loads:
3.1.2 Loads Due to Light Partitions - In office

and other buildings where actual loads due to
light partitions cannot be assessed at the time of
planning, the floors and the supporting structural
members shall be designed to carry, in addition to
other loads, a uniformly distributed load per
square metre of not less than 339 percent of
a) Any superimposed moving load,

12
IS : 875 ( Part 2 ) - 1987
b)
where it is ensured that the roof coverings would

not be transversed without suitable aids. In any
case, the roof coverings shall be capable of carrying the loads in accordance with 4.1,4.3, 4.4 and
snow load/wind load.
Any actual load due to machinery or

similar concentrated loads,
c) The additional load in respect of partition

walls, and
Any impact or vibration.
4.3 Loads Doe to Rain - On surfaces whose positioning, shape and drainage systems are such as to
make accumulation of rain water possible! loads
due to such accumulation of water and the Imposed loads for the roof as given in Table 2 shall be
considered separately and the more critical of the
two shall be adopted in the design.
N OTE - The above reduction does not apply to

beams, girders or trusses supporting roof loads.
3.3 Posting of Floor Capacities - Where a floor
or part of a floor of a building has been designed
to sustain a uniformly distributed load exceeding
3.0 kN/m2 and in assembly, business, mercantile,
industrial or storage buildmgs, a permanent notice
in the form as shown in the label, indicating
the actual uniformly distributed and/or concentrated loadings for which the floor has been structurally designed shall be posted in a conspicuous
place in a position adjacent to such floor or on
such part of a floor.
4.4 Dust Load - Jn areas prone to settlement

of dust on roofs ( example, steel plants, cement
plants ), provision for dust load equivalent to
probable thickness of accumulation of dust may
be made.
4.5 Loads on Members Supporting Roof Coverings - Every m e m b e r o f t h e
supporting
structure which is directly supporting the roof
covering(s) shall be designed to carry the more
severe of the following loads except as provided
in 4.5.1 :
DESIGNED IMPOSED FLOOR LOADING

DISTRIBUTED. . . . . . . . . . . ..kN/mZ
CONCENTRATED, . . . . kN
a) The load transmitted to the members

from the roof covering(s) in accordance
with 4.1, 4.3 and 4.4; and
L-ABEL INDICATING D ESIGNED I MPOSED F L O O R

LOADING
b) An incidental concentrated load of 0.90

kN concentrated over a length of 12.5 cm
placed at the most unfavourable positions
on the member.
N OTE 1 - The lettering of such notice shall be

embossed or cast suitably on a tablet whose least
dimension shall be not less than 025 m and located not
less than 1.5 m above floor level with lettering of a
minimum size of 25 mm.
N OTE 2 - If a concentrated load or a bulk load has
N OTE - Where it is ensured that the roofs would be

traversed only with the aid of planks and ladders capable of distributing the loads on them to Iwo or more
supporting members, the intensity of concentrated
load indicated in (b) may be reduced to 0.5 kN with
the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
to occupy a definite position on the floor, the same

could also be indicated in the label above.
4.5.1 In case of sloping roofs with slope greater

t h a n lo, members supporting the roof purlins,
such as trusses, beams, girders, etc, may be designed for two-thirds of the imposed load on purlins
or roofing sheets.
4. IMPOSED LOADS ON ROOFS

4.1 Imposed Loads on Various Types of Roofs On flat roofs, sloping roofs and curved roofs, the
imposed loads due to use or occupancy of the
buildings and the geometry of the types of roofs
shall be as given in Table 2.
5. IMPOSED HORIZONTAL LOADS ON

PARAPETS AND BALUSTRADES
5.1 Parapets, Parapet Walls and Balustrades Parapets, parapet walls and balustrades together
with the members which give them structural
support shall be designed for the minimum loads
given in Table 3. These are expressed as horizontal forces acting at handrail or coping level. These
loads shall be considered to act vertically also but
net simultaneously with the horizontal forces.
The values given in Table 3 are minimum values
and where values for actual loadings are available,
they shall be used instead.
4.1.1 Roofs of buildings used for promenade or

ir.cidental to assembly purposes shall be designed
for the appropriate imposed floor loads given ih
Table 1 for the occupancy.
4.2 Concentrated Load on Roof Coverings - To
provide for loads Incidental to maintenance, unless
otherwise, specified by the Engineer-in-Charge, all
roof coverings ( other than glass or transparent
sheets made of fibre glass ) shall be capable of
carrying an incidental load of 0.90 kN concentrated on an area of 12.5 cm* so placed as to fireduce maximum stresses in the covering, The
intensity of the concentrated load may be reduced
with the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge,
5.2 Grandstands and the Like-Grandstands,

stadia, assembly platforms, reviewing stands and
the like shall be designed to resist a horizontal
force applied to seats of 0.35 kN per linear metre
13
IS : 875 ( Part 2 ) - 1987

along the line of seats and O-15 kN per linear
metre perpendicular to the line of the seats.
These loadings need not be applied simultaneously.
Platforms without seats shall be designed to resist
a minimum horizontal force of O-25 kN/m of
plan area.
factors, lateral and longitudinal braking forces

acting across
and along the crane rails
respectively.
6. LOADING EFFECTS DUE TO IMPACT

AND VIBRATION
6.0 The crane loads to be considered under imposed loads shall include the vertical loads, eccentricity effects induced by vertical loads, impact
6.1 Impact Allowance for Lifts, Hoists and Machinery - The imposed loads specified in 3.1 shall be
assumed to include adequate allowance for ordinary impact conditions. However, for structures
carrying loads which induce impact or vibration,
as far as possible, calculations shall be made for
increase in the imposed load, due to impact or
vibration. In the absence of sufficient data for
TABLE 2 IMPOSED LOADS ON VARIOUS TYPES OF ROOFS

( Clause 4.1 )
T YPE OF R OOF
U NIFORMLY D ISTRIBUTED
IMPOSED LOAD M EASUKED
ON P LAN AREA
(2)
i) Flat, sloping or curved roof
with slopes up to and including 10 degrees
(3)
SL
No.
(1)
a) Access provided
15 kN/m
b) Access not provided

except for maintenance
0.75 kN/m2
M INIMUM IMPOSED L OAD

M EASURED ON P LAN
(4)
3.75 kN uniformly distributed

over any span of one metre
width of the roof slab and 9 kN
uniformly distributed over the
span of any beam or truss or
wall
1.9 kN uniformly distributed
over any span of one metre
width of the roof slab and 4.5
kN uniformly distributed over
ths span of any beam or truss
or wall
ii) Sloping roof with slope greater

than 10 degrees
For roof membrane sheets or purlins-0.75 kN/mZ l e s s 0.02 kN/m

for every degree increase in slope
over 10 degrees
Subject to
0.4 kN,W
a minimum of
iii) Curved roof with slope of line

obtained by joining springing point to the crown with
the horizontal, greater than
10 degrees
( O;le; 0.52 ya ) kN/m
Subject to
0.4 kN/m*
minimum of
N OTE 1 - The loads given above do not include loads due to snow, rain, dust collection, etc.
be designed for imposed loads given above or for snow/rain load, whichever is greater.
The roof shall
y = h/l
h = the height of the highest
point of the structure

measured from its springing; and
I = ;hord width of the roof
singly curved and
shorter of the two sides
if doubly curved
Alternatively,
where structural
analysis can be carried out for
curved roofs of all slopes in a
simple manner applying the laws
of statistics, the curved roof shall
be divided into minimum 6 equal
segments and for each segment
imposed load shall be calculated
appropriate to the slope of the
chord of each segment as given in
( i ) rind ( ii ) above
N OTE 2 - For special types of roofs with highly permeable and absorbent material, the contingency of roof
material increasing in weight due to absorption of moisture shall be provided for.
14
IS : 875 ( Part 2 ) - 1987

TABLE 3 HORIZONTAL LOADS ON PARAPETS, PARAPET WALLS AND BALUSTRADES
( Cfause 5.1 )
U SAGE A R E A
SL
No.
INTENSITY OF HORIZONTAL
LOAD, kN/m RUN
(2)
(3)
Light access stairs-gangways and the like not
0.25
ii)
Light access stairs. gangways and the

like, more than 600 mm wide: stairways,
landings, balconies and parapet walls
( private and part of dwellings )
0.35
iii)
All other stairways, landings and balconies, and all parapets and handrails to
roofs except those subject to overcrowding covered under ( iv )
0.75
iv)
Parapets and balustrades in place of

assembly, such as theatres, cinemas,
churches, schools, places of entertainment. sports, buildings likely to be overcrowded
225
more than 600
mm
wide
NOTE - In the case of guard parapets on a floor of multi-storeyed car park or crash barriers provided in
certain buildings for fire escape, the value of imposed horizontal load ( together with impact load ) may be
determined.
6.2 Concentrated Imoosed Loads with Imuact and

Vibration - Concentrated imposed loads with
impact and vibration which may be due to installed machinery shall be considered and provided
for in the design. The impact factor shall not be
less than 20 percent which is the amount allowable for light machinery.
such calculation, the increase in the imposed loads

shall be as follows:
Structures
For frames supporting lifts
and hoists
For foundations, footings
and piers supporting lifts
and hoisting apparatus
For supporting structures
and foundations for light
machinery, shaft or motor
units
For supporting structures
and foundations for reciprocating machinery or
power units
Impact
Allowance
Min
100 percen
40 percent
6.2.1 Provision shall also be made for carrying

any concentrated equipment loads whiIe the
equipment is being installed or moved for servicmg and repairing.
20 percent
50 percent
6.3 Impact Allowances for Crane Girders - For

crane gantry girders and supporting columns, the
following allowances shall be deemed to cover all
forces set up by vibration, shock from slipping or
slings, kinetic action of acceleration, and retardation and impact of wheel loads :
Type of Load
Additional Load
a) Vertical loads for electric overhead cranes
25 percent of maximum static loads for

crane girders for all classes of cranes
25 percent for columns supporting Class
IJI and Class IV cranes
10 percent for columns supporting Class I
and Class II cranes
No additional load for design of foundations
10 percent of maximum wheel loads for
crane girders only
b) Vertical loads for hand operated cranes
(Continued)
15
IS : 813 ( rart L ) - 1Y17

c) Horizontal forces transverse to rails:
1) For electric overhead cranes with

trolley having rigid mast for suspension of lifted weight ( such as soaker
crane, stripper crane, etc )
-10 percent of weight of crab and the

weight lifted by the cranes, acting on any
one crane track rail. acting in either direction and equally distributed amongst all
the wheels on one side of rail track
For frame analysis this force shall be
applied on one side of the frame at a time
in either direction
-5 percent of weight of crab and the weight
2) For all other electric overhead cranes

and hand operated cranes
lifted by the cranes, acting on anyone

crane track rail, acting in either direction
and equally distributed amongst the
wheels on one side of rail track
For the frame analysis, this force shall be
applied on one side of the frame at a time
in either direction
-5 percent of all static wheel loads
d) Horizontal traction forces along the

rails for overhead cranes, either electrically operated or hand operated
accommodated on the span but without

taking into account overloading according
to 6.3( a ) to give the maximum effect.
Forces specified in ( c ) and ( d ) shall be

considered as acting at the rail level and being
appropriately transmitted to the supporting system. Gantry girders and their vertical supports
shall be designed on the assumption that either of
the horizontal forces in ( c ) and ( d ) may act at
the same time as the vertical load.
6.4.2 Lateral Surge - For design of columns

and foundations, supporting crane girders, the
following crane combinations shall be considered:
NOTE-&e IS : 807-l!%+ for classification ( ClaSSeS

1 to 4 ) of cranes.
6.3.1 Overloading Factors in Crane Supporting
Sttu twes - For all ladle cranes and charging
cranes, where there is possibility of overloading

from production considerations, an overloading
factor of 10 percent of the maximum wheel loading shall be taken.
6.4 Crane Load Combinations - In the absence
of any specific indications, the load combinations
shall be as indicated in the following sub-clauses.
b)
For single-bay frames - Effect of one

crane in the bay giving the worst effect
shall be considered for calculation of surge
force, and
b)
For multi-bay frames - Effect of two

cranes working one each in any of two
bays in the cross-section to give the worst
effect shall be considered Ior calculation
of surge force.
6.4.3 Tractive Force

6.4.3.1 Where one crane is in operation with
no provision for future crane, tractive force from
only one crane shall be taken
6.4.1 Vertical Loads - In an aisle, where more

than one crane is in operation or has provision
for more than one crane in future, the following
load combinations shall be taken for vertical
loading:
a)
a)
6.4.3.2 Where more than one crane is in

operation or there is provision for future crane,
tractive force from two cranes giving maximum
effect shall be considered.
Two adjacent cranes working in tandem

w i t h f u l l l o a d a n d w i t h overloadmg
according to 6.3( a ); and
N OTE - Lateral surge force and longitudinal tractive force actingacross and along the crane rail respectively, shall not be assumed to act simultaneously.
However, if there is only one crane in the bay, the
lateral and longitudinal forces may act together simultaneously with vertical loads.
For long span gantries, where more than

one crane can come in the span, the girder
shall be designed for or.e crane fully loaded
with overloading according to 6.3(a)
plus as many loaded cranes as can be
7. OTHER LOADS
7.1 Dead Load - Dead load includes the weight

of all permanent components of a building including walls,partitions, columns, floors, roofs, finishes
*Code of practice for design, manufacture, erection

and testing ( structural portion ) of cranes and hoists
(first revision ).
16
IS:875(Part2)-1987
and fixed permanent equipment and fittings that
are an integral part of the structure. Unit weight
of building materials shall be in accordance with
IS : 875 ( Part 1 )-1988:
7.4 Snow Load - Snow loading on buildings

shall be in accordance with IS : 875 ( Part 4 )-I 988.
7.2 Wind Load -- The wind load on buildings/

structures shall be in accordance with IS : S75
( Part 3 )-1988.
7.1 Special Loads and Load CombinationsSpecial loads and load combinations shall be i n
accordance with 1s : 875 ( Part 5 )-1988.
7.3 Seismic I;;;;t dfeismic load on buildings/

, in
structures
accordance
with
( fc;ur/h revision ).
IS : 1893-1984*.
*Criteria for eartnquake resistant design of structures
APPENDIX
( Clause 3.2.1.2 )
ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLE SMOWING REDUCTION OF UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED
IMPOSED FLOOR LOADS IN MULTI-STOREYED BUII,DINGS FOR DESIGN
OF COLUMNS
A-l. I he total imposed loads from different floor
levels ( including the roof) coming on the central
column of a multi-storeved building ( with mixed
occupancy ) is shown in Fig. I. Calculate the
reduced imposed load for the design of column
members at different floor levels as given in 3.2.1.
Floor loads do.not exceed 5-O kN/m.

A-l.1 Applying reduction coefficients in accordance with 3.2.1, total reduced floor loads on the
column at different levels is indicated along with
Fig. 1.
17
IS:875(Part2)-1987
Floor
No. from
Top ;zfd;ng
Actual Floor
Load Coming on
Columns at Different
Floors, kN
Loads for which Columns are to be
Designed, kN
( 30 + 40 t- 50 ) (1 - 0.2 ) = 96
(30$4O$50$50)(1-Oo3)=119
( 3F2Z- 4O + 50 + 50 t 40 ) ( 1 - 0 4 ) =
(3~~50+50+50+40+45)(1-o~4)
( 30 + 40 + 50 + 50 c 40 + 45 + 50 )
( l - 0 . 4 ) = 183
( 30 + 40 + 50 + 50 + 40 f 45 + 50 t so)
( i -- 0.4) = 213
( 30 + 40 $- 50 + 50 + 40 + 45 + 50 + 50
+ 40 ) ( 1 - 0.4 ) = 237
( 30 + 40 + 50 + 50 + 40 + 45 + 50 + 50
+ 40 -+ 40 ) ( 1 - 0.4:) = 261
(30+40+5O+50+40+45+50+50
+40+40+40)(1-O.5)=2375<
261
:. adopt 261 for design
(30+40+50+50+40+45+50+50
-t40+40+40+55) ( l - 0 5 ) = 2 6 5
( 30 + 40 + 50 + 50 + 40 + 45 + 50 + 50
H02-y0+40+55+55)(1-O~5)
( 30 + 40 + 50 t 50 + 40 + 45 I- 50 t 50
-I- 40 + 40 + 40 + 55 + 55 + 70 )
( 1 -05 ) = 327.5
( 30 + 40 + 50 t 50 + 40 + 45 + 50 + 50
+40+40-t-40+55+55+70+80)
( 1 - 0.5 ) - 3675
F:G. 1 LOADING D E T A I L S
18

Copyright
Enquiries relating to copyright be addressed to the Director (Publication), BIS.

Amendments are issued to standards as the need arises on the basis of comments. Standards are also reviewed
periodically; a standard along with amendments is reaffirmed when such review indicates that no changes are
needed; if the review indicates that changes are needed, it is taken up for revision. Users of Indian Standards
should ascertain that they are in possession of the latest amendments or edition by referring to the latest issue
of BIS Handbook and Standards Monthly Additions.

Amend No.
Text Affected
Date of Issue

Headquarters:
Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi 110002

Telephones: 323 01 31,323 33 75,323 94 02
Telephone
Regional Offices:
C e n t r a l : Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg
NEW DELHI 110002
32376 17,3233841
E a s t e r n : l/14 C.I.T. Scheme VII M, V.I.P. Road, Maniktola

CALCUTTA 700054
337 84 99,337 85 61
337 86 26,337 9120
60 38 43
{ 60 20 2.5
Northern : SC0 335-336, Sector 34-A, CHANDIGARH 160022

Southern : C.I.T. Campus, IV Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113
235 02 16,235 04 42
1 2351519,2352315

MUMBAI 400093
832 92 95,832 78 58
{ 832 78 91,832 78 92
Branches : AHMADABAD. BANGALORE. BHOPAL. BHUBANESHWAR.

COIMBATORE. FARIDABAD. GHAZIABAD. GUWAHATI.
HYDERABAD. JAIPUR. KANPUR. LUCKNOW. NAGPUR.
PATNA. PUNE. THIRUVANANTHAPURAhl.
Irinted at
Printograpb, New Delhi, Ph
: 5726837
IS:875
(Part
3) - 1987
( Renfficd
1997 )
Indian Standard
CODEOFPRACTICEFORDESIGNLOADS
(OTHERTHANEARTHQUAKE)
PART 3
WIND COADS
( Second Revision /
Sixth Reprint NOVEMBER 1998
UDC
624-042-41
@J Copyright 1989
BUREAU
MANAK
Gr I4
OF
BHAVAN,
INDIAN
STANDARDS
9 BAHADUR
SHAH
NEW DELHI
110002
ZAFAR
MARG
Febfuafy 1989
IS : 875 ( Part
CONTENTS
Page
0.
1.
FOREWORD
SCOPE
...
...
.. .
...
...
...
2.
NOTATIONS
.. .
.. .
.. .
3
5
3.
TERMINOLOGY
...
4.
GENERAL
...
.. .
5.
WIND SPEEDAND PRESSURE
.. .
.. .
5.1
Nature of Wind in Atmosphere
.. .
...
5.2
Basic Wind Speed
...
. ..
5.3
Design Wind Speed ( V, )
...
.. .
...
...
...
5.3.1
Risk Coefficient ( kr Factor )
.. .
...
53.2
Terrain, Height and Structure Size Factor ( kt Factor )
...
5.3.3 Topography
( kS Factor )
...
Design Wind Pressure
.. .
5.5
Off-Shore Wind Velocity
.. .
6.
WIND PRESSURES
ANDFORCESON BUILDXNCSISTRUCTURES
6.1
General
6.2
Pressure Coefficients
6.2.1 Wind Load on Individual
6.2.2
Members
External Pressure Coefficients
6.2.3 Internal Pressure Coefficients

6.3
Force Coefficients
6.3.1 Frictional Drag
6.3.2 Force Coefficients for Clad Buildings
6.3.3 Force Coefficients for Unclad Buildings
7.
DYNAMICEP~ECTS
7.1
7.2
General
Motion Due to Vortex Shedding
7.2.1
4.
12
. . .
12
. . .
13
1..
13
.. .
,..
...
...
. ..
.. .
..
.. .
. .
...
.. .
._.
__.
...
.. .
.. .
...
1..
.. .
.. .
.. .
13
13
13
13
Application
Hourly Mean Wind
Variation
.. .
.. .
Along Wind Load
...
...
37
. .
38
47
. .
...
.. .
of Hourly Mean Wind Speed with Height
27
36
37
,..
...
. .
Gust Factor ( GF ) or Gust Effectiveness Factor ( GEF] Method . . .
8.2
8.3
...
Slender Structures
8.1
8.2.1
.-.
...
...
.m.
. ..
5.4
47
48
48
49
49
...
...
...
49
49
..
49
APPENDIK A BASICWIND SPEEDAT 10 m HEIGHTFOR SOME IMPORTANT

.. .
...
...
.. .
...
Crrrxs/TowNs
. ..
.. .
APPENDIX B CHANGESIN TERRAIN CATEGORIES i..
53
54
APPENDIX C EFFECT OF A CLIFF OR ESCARPMENTON EQUIVALENT

55
...
...
HEIGHT ABOVE GROUND( k3 FACTOR)
APPENDIX D WIND FORCEON CIRCULARSECTIONS. . .
.. .
. ..
57
3 ) - 1987
As in the Original Standard, this Page is Intentionally Left Blank
IS t 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987
Indian Standard
CODEOFPRACTICEFORDESIGNLOADS
(OTHERTHANEARTHQUAKE)
PART
WIND
LOADS
Second Revision)
6). FOREWORD
0.1 This Indian Standard

( Part 3 ) ( Second
Standards on 13 November 1987, after the draft
finalized by the Structural Safety Sectional Committee had been approved by the Civil Engineering Division Council.
sheeted
modified;
( separate
system of
roofs, both curved and

seismic load provisions
code having been prepared
weights and measurements
sloping were
were deleted
) and metric
was adopted.
0.3.1 With the increased adoption of this Code,

a number of comments were received on provisions on live load values adopted for. different
occupancies.
Simultaneously, live load surveys
have been carried out in America and Canada to
arrive at realistic live loads based on actual determination of loading ( movable and immovable )
in different occupancies. Keeping this in view and
other developments in the field of wind engineering, the Structural Safety Sectional Committee
decided to prepare the second revision of IS : 875
in the following five parts:

satisfactorily.
Amongst these functions are the
occupancy, structural safety, fire safety and compliance with hygienic, sanitation, ventilation and
daylight standards. The design of the building is
dependent upon the minimum
requirements
prescribed for each of the above functions. The
minimum requirements pertaining to the structural
safety of buildings are being covered in loading
codes by way of laying down minimum design
loads which have to be assumed for dead loads,
imposed loads, wind loads and other external
loads, the structure would be required to bear.
Strict conformity to loading standards, it is. hoped,
will not only ensure the structural safety of the
buildings and structures which are being designed
and constructed in the country and thereby
reduce the hazards to life and property caused by
unsafe structures, but also eliminate the wastage
caused by assuming unnecessarily heavy loadings
without proper assessment.
Part 1 Dead loads

Part 3 Wind loads
Part 4 Snow loads
Part 5 Special loads and load combinations
Earthquake
load is covered in a separate
standard, namely, IS : 1893-1984* which should
be considered along with the above loads.
0.3 This standard was first published in 1957 for

the guidance of civil engineers, designers and
architects associated with the planning and design
of buildings. It included the provisions for the
basic design loads ( dead loads, live loads, wind
loads and seismic loads ) to be assumed in the
design of the buildings. In its first revision in
1964, the wind pressure provisions were modified
on the basis of studies of wind phenomenon and
its effect on structures, undertaken by the special
committee in consultation with the Indian Meteorological Department.
In addition to this, new
clauses on wind loads for butterfly type structures
were included; wind pressure coefficients for
0.3.2 This Part ( Part 3 ) deals with wind

loads to be considered when designing buildings,
structures
and components
thereof.
In this
revision, the following important modifications
have been made from those covered in the 1964
version of IS : 875:
a) The earlier wind pressure maps ( one
giving winds of shorter duration and another excluding winds of shorter duration )
*Criteria for earthquake
(fourlh recision ).
resistant
design of structures
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

have been replaced by a single wind map
giving basic maximum wind speed in m/s
( peak gust velocity averaged over a short
time interval of about 3 seconds duration ).
The wind speeds have been worked out
for 50 years return period based on the upto-date wind data of 43 dines pressure
tube ( DPT ) anemograph
stations and
study of other related works available on
the subject since 1964. The map and
related recommendations have been provided in the code with the active cooperation of Indian Meteorological Department
( IMD ). Isotachs ( lines of equal velocity )
have not been given as in the opinion of
the committee, there is still not enough
extensive
meteorological
data at close
enough stations in the country to justify
drawing of isotachs.
b)
Modification
factors to modify the basic
wind velocity
to take into account the
effects of terrain, local topography, size of
structure, etc, are included.
Terrain is now classified into four categories based on characteristics of the ground
surface irregularities.
d)
Force and pressure coefficients have been

included for a large range of clad and
unclad buildings and for individual structural elements.
meteorological wind data and response of structures to wind, felt the paucity of data on which to
base wind maps for Indian conditions on statistical analysis. The Committee, therefore, recommall
individuals
and
organizations
ends to
responsible for putting-up of tall structures to
,provide instrumentation
in. their existing and
new structures ( transmission towers, chimneys,
cooling towers, buildings, etc ) at different elevations ( at least at two levels ) to continuously
measure and monitor wind data. The instruments
are required to collect data on wind direction,
wind speed and structural response of the structure due to wind ( with the help of accelerometer,
strain gauges, etc ). It is also the opinion of the
committee that such instrumentation in tall structures will not in any way affect or alter the
functional behaviour of such structures. The data
so collected will be very valuable in evolving more
accurate wind loading of structures.
0.4 The Sectional Committee responsible for the
preparation of this standard has taken into
account the prevailing practice in regard to loading standards followed in this country by the
various authorities and has also taken note of the
developments in a number of other countries.
In the preparation of this code, the following
overseas standards have also been examined:
a) BSCP 3 : 1973 Code of basic data for
design of buildings: Chapter V Loading,
Part 2 Wind loads.
Force coefficients ( drag coefficients ) are

given for frames, lattice towers, walls and
hoardings.
b) AS 1170, Part 2-1983 SAA

Part 2 - Wind forces.
f 1 The calculation of force on circular sections

is included incorporating
the effects of
Reynolds number and surface roughness.
g)
Pressure coefficients are given for combined

roofs, roofs with sky light, circular siIos,
cylindrical elevated structures, grandstands,
etc.
Some requirements
regarding
study of
dynamic effects in flexible slender structures
are included.
for
for
d) ANSI A58.1-1972
American
Standard
Building code requirements for minimum
design loads in buildings and other
structures.
e) Wind resistant design regulations, A World
List. Association for Science Documents
Information, Tokyo.
0.5 For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this standard is complied
with, the final value, observed or calculated,
expressing the result of a test or analysis, shall be
rounded off in accordance with IS : 2-1960*. The
number of significant
places retained
in the
rounded off value should be the same as that of
the specified value in this standard.
W Use
of gust energy method to arrive at the

design wind load on the whole structure is
now permitted.
0.3.3 The
Committee
responsible
revision of wind maps while reviewing
code
c) NZS 4203-1976
Code
of practice
general structural
design loading
buildings.
The external and internal pressure coefficients for gable roofs, lean-to roofs, curved
roofs, canopy roofs ( butterfly type structures ) and multi-span roofs have been
rationalised.
h)
Loading
for the
available
*Rules for roundingoff numerical values ( rcoiscd).

4
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

1. SCOPE
IS : 802 ( Part 1 )-I977 Code of practice for

use of structural
steel in overhead transmission line towers: Part 1 Loads and permissible stresses ( smmd revision )
1.1 This standard

gives wind forces and their
effects ( static and dynamic ) that should he
taken
into account
when designing
buildings,
structures and components
thereof.
1.1.1 It is believed that ultimately
wind load
estimation will be made by taking into account
the random variation
of wind speed with time
but available
theoretical
methods
have not
matured sufficiently at present for use in the code.
For this season, static wind method
of load
estimation
which implies a steady wind speed,
which has proved to be satisfactory
for normal,
short and heavy structures,
is given in 5 and 6.
However,
a beginning
has been made to take
account of the random
nature of the wind speed
by requiring that the along-wind
or drag load on
structures which are prone to wind induced oscillations,
be also determined
by the gust factor
method ( see 8 ) and the more severe of the two
estimates be taken for design.
IS : 11504-1985 Criteria for structural design

of reinforced concrete natural
draught cooling towers
NOTE 1 - This standard does not apply to buildings or structures with unconventional
shapes, unusual
locations,
and abnormal
environmental
conditions that
have not been covered in this code. Special
investigations are necessary in such cases to establish wind loads
and their effects. Wind tunnel studies
may aiso be
required in such situations.
NOTE2 - In the case of tall structures

unsymmetrical
geometry,
the designs
may have
checked for torsional effects due to wind pressure.
2. NOTATIONS
2.1 The following
notations
shall
unless otherwise specified in relevant
A large majority
of structures
met with in
practice do not however,
suffer wind induced
oscillations
and generally do not require
to be
examined for the dynamic effects of wind, including use of gust factor method, Nevertheless,
there
are various types of structures or their components
such as some tall buildings,
chimneys,
latticed
towers, cooling towers, transmission
towers, guyed
masts, communication
towers, long span bridges,
partially or completely
solid faced antenna dish,
etc, which require investigation
of wind induced
oscillations.
The use of 7 shall be made for i.dentifying and analysing such structures.
A=
Ae
b =
force coefficient/drag
=
-
normal force coefficient;

transverse force coefficient;
cf
frictional
CPl =
d-
F
Fa
1.1.3 In the design of special structures,

such
as chimneys,
overhead transmission
line towers,
etc, specific requirements
as specified
in the
respective codes shall be adopted in conjunction
with the provisions of this code as far as they are
applicable.
Some of the Indian
Standards
available for the design of special structurers are:
h,
pressure
coefficient;
external pressure coefficient;

internal pressure coefficient;
depth of a structure
or structural
member parallel to wind stream;
diameter
force normal
IS : 4998 ( Part 1 )-1975 Criteria for design

of reinforced
concrete
chimneys:
Part 1
Design criteria ( jirst revision )
and
coefficient;
drag coefficient;
Ft F' =
h
IS : 5613 ( Part l/Set 1 )-I970 Code of practice for design, installation

and maintenance
of overhead power lines: Part 1 Lines up to
and including 11 kV, Section 1 Design
breadth of a structure
or structural
member normal to the wind stream
in the horizontal plane;
Cl
c, =
or part of
effective frontal area;

an area at height z;
Cl,
tit
C PB
be followed
clauses:
surface area of a structure

a Structure;
Ar, =
1.1.2 This code also applies to buildings

or
other structures
during erection/construction
and
the same shall be considered
carefully
during
various stages of erection/construction.
In locations where the strongest
winds and icing may
occur simultaneously,
loads on structural members,
cables and ropes shall be calculated
by assuming
an ice covering
based on climatic
and local
experience.
IS : 6533-1971 Code of practice for design

construction
of steel chimneys
with
to be
normal
of cylinder;
transverse
frictional
height
ground
to the surface;
force;
force;
force;
of structure
level;
above
height of development
of a velocity
profile at a distance x down wind
from a change in terrain category;
multiplication
factors;
multiplication
factor;
length of the member or greater

zontal dimension
of a building;
Pd 5
mean
design wind pressure;
hori-
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987
pz =
design wind pressure at height <;
Pe -
external pressure;
Pi -
internal pressure;
R,
reynolds
strouhal number;
s
vb
regional basic wind speed;

design wind velocity at height 2;
rz =
hourly mean wind speed at height c;
B =
+t=
c-
lesser horizontal
dimension
of
building, or a structural member;
3.1.7 Force Coeficient A non-dimensional

coefficient such that the total wind force on a
bbdy is the product of the force coefficient, the
dynamic pressure of the incident design wind
speed and the reference area over which the force
is required.
bay width in multi-bay buildings;
NOTE - When the force is in the direction of the

incident wind, the non-dimensional
coefficient will be
called as drag coefficient. When the force is perpendicular to the d&ection of incident wind, the ndn-dimensional coefficient will be called as lift coeficient.
distance down wind from a change

in terrain category;
X=
3.1.6 Element of Surface Area - The area of

surface over which the pressure coefficient is taken
to be constant.
number;
v, =
W
3.1.5 l$+ffective Frontal Area - The

projected
area of the structure normal to the direction of
the wind.
wind angle from a given axis;

inclination of the roof to the horizontal;
effective solidity ratio;
3.1.8 Ground Roughness - The nature of the

earths surface as influenced by small scale obstructions such as trees and buildings ( as distinct
from topography ) is called ground roughness.
shielding factor or shedding frequency;

solidity ratio;
a height or distance
above the
ground; and
average height of the surface roughness.
3.1.9
Gust - A positive or negative departure
of wind speed from its mean value, lasting for not
more than, say, 2 minutes over a specified interval of time.
Peak Gust - Peak gust or peak gust speed is

the wind speed associated with the maximum
amplitude.
3. TERMINOLOGY
3.1 For the purpose of this code,
definitions shall apply.
3.1.1 Angle of Attack -Angle
tion of wind and a reference
ture,
Fetch Length Fetch length is the distance

measured along the wind from a boundary at
which a change in the type of terrain occurs.
When the changes in terrain types are encountered ( such as, the boundary of a town or city,
forest, etc ), the wind profile changes in character but such changes are gradual and start at
ground level, spreading or penetrating upwards
with increasing fetch length.
the following
between the direcaxis of the struc-
Breadth
means horizontal
3.1.2 Breudth dimension of the building measured normal to the
direction of wind.
Gradient HeightGradient height is the height

above the mean ground level at which the gradient wind blows as a result of balance among
pressure gradient force, coriolis force and centrifugal force. For the purpose of this code, the
gradient height is taken as the height above the
mean ground level, above which the variation of
wind speed with height need not be considered.
NOTE - Breadth and depth are dimensions measured in relation to the direction of the wind, whereas
length and width
are dimensions related
to the
plan.
3.1.3 Depth - Depth means

the horizontal
dimension of the building measured in the direction of the wind.
Mean Ground Level - The mean ground level

is the average horizontal plane of the area enclosed by the boundaries of the structure.
3.1.4 Developed Height - Developed height is

the height of upward penetration of the velocity
profile in a new terrain. At large fetch lengths,
such penetration reaches the gradient height,
above which the wind speed may be taken to be
constant. At lesser fetch lengths, a velocitv profile
of a smaller height but similar to that of the fully
developed profile of that terrain category has to
be taken, with the additional provision that the
velocity at the top of this shorter profile equals
that of the unpenetrated earlier velocity profile at
that height.
Pressure Coeficient - Pressure coefficient is the

ratio of the difference between the pressure acting
at a point on a surface and the static pressure of
the incident wind to the design wind pressure,
where the static and design wind pressures are
determined at the height of the point considered
after taking into account the geographical location, terrain conditions and shielding effect. The
pressure coeSicient is also equal to [ 1 - ( VD/Pz)2],
where Vv is the actual wind speed at any point
-..,,
._..,
___+.
.__.
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

thunderstorms, dust storms or vigorous monsoons.
A feature of the. cyclonic storms over the Indian
area is that they rapidly weaken after crossing
the coasts and move as depressions/lows inland.
The influence of a severe storm after striking the
coast does not, in general exceed about 60 kilometres, though sometimes, it may extend even up
to 120 kilometres. Very short duration hurricanes
of very high wind speeds called Kal Baisaki or
Norwesters occur fairly frequently during summer
months over North East India.
on the structure at a height corresponding to that

of vz.
coefficient
NOTE - Positive sign of the pressure
indicates pressure acting towards the surface and negative sign indicates pressure acting away from the
surface.
Return Period - Return period is the number

of years, the reciprocal of which gives the probability of e.xtreme wind exceeding a given wind
speed in any one year.
Shielding E$ect - Shielding effect or shielding
refers to the condition where wind has to pass
along some structure(s) or structural element(s)
located on the upstream wind side, before meeting the structure or structural element under
consideration. A factor called shielding factor
is used to account for such effects in estimating the
force on the shielded structures.
4.3 The wind speeds recorded at any locality are

extremely variable and in addition to steady wind
at any time, there are effects of gusts which may
last for a few seconds. These gusts cause increase
in air pressure but their effect on stability ofthe
building may not be so important; often, gusts
affect only part of the building and the increased
local pressures may be more than balanced by a
momentary reduction in the pressure elsewhere.
Because of the inertia of the building, short period
gusts may not cause any appreciable increase in
stress in main components
of the building
although the walls, roof sheeting and individual
cladding units ( glass panels ) and their supporting members such as purlins, sheeting rails and
glazing bars may be mqre seriously affected.
Gusts can also be extremely important for design
of structures with high slenderness ratios.
Suction - Suction means pressure less than the

atmospheric ( static ) pressure and is taken to act
away from the surface.
Solidity Ratio - Solidity ratio is equal to the
effective area ( projected area of all the individual
elements ) of a frame normal to the wind direction divided by the area enclosed by the boundary
of the frame normal to the wind direction.
NOTE - Solidity ratio is to be calculated
vidual frames.
for indi-
4.4 The liability of a building to high wind pressures depends not only upon the geographical
location and proximity of other obstructions to
air flow but also upon the characteristics of the
structure itself.
Y?-eerrain
Category - Terrain category means the
characteristics of the surface irregularities of an
area which arise from natural or constructed
features. The categories are numbered in increasing order of roughness.
4.5 The effect of wind on the structure as a whole

is determined by the combined action of external
and internal pressures acting upon it. In all cases,
the calculated wind loads act normal to the
surface to which they apply.
The variation of the horizontal component of the atmospheric wind speed at

different heights above the mean ground level is
termed as velocity profile.
Velocity Profile -
4.6 The stability calculations as a whole shall be

done considering the combined effect, as well as
separate effects of imposed loads and wind loads
on vertical surfaces, roofs and other part of the
building above general roof level.
The nature of the earths

Tokography surface as influenced the hill and valley configurations.
4. GENERAL
4.1 Wind is air in motion relative
to the surface
of the earth. The primary cause of wind is traced
to earths rotation and differences in terrestrial
The radiation effects are primarily
radiation.
responsible for convection
either upwards or
downwards. The wind generally blows horizontal
to the ground at high wind speeds. Since vertical
components of atmospheric motion are relatively
small, the term wind denotes almost exclusively
the horizontal wind, vertical winds are always
identified as such. The wind speeds are assessed
with the aid of anemometers or anemographs
which are installed at meteorological
observatories at heights generally varying from 10 to
30 metres above ground.
4.7 Buildings shall also be designed with due

attention to the effects of wind on the comfort of
people inside and outside the buildings.
5. WIND SPEED
AND PRESSURE
5.1 Nature of Wind

in Atmosphere
- In
general, wind speed in the atmospheric boundary
layer increases with height from zero at ground
level to a maximum at a height called the gradient height. There is usually a slight change in
direction ( Ekman effect ) but this is ignored in
the code. The variation with height depends
primarily on the terrain conditions. However, the
wind speed at any height never remains constant
and it has been found convenient to resolve its
instantaneous magnitude into an average or mean
value and a fluctuating component around this
Very strong winds ( greater than 80 km/h )

are generally associated with cyclonic storms,
4.2
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987
The average value depends on

average vaiue.
the averaging time employed in analysing the
meteorological
data and this averaging
time
varies from a few seconds to several minutes. The
magnitude of fluctuating component of the wind
speed which is called gust, depends on the averaging time. In general, smaller the averaging
interval, greater is the magnitude of the gust
speed.
5.2 Basic Wind Speed - Figure 1 gives basic
wind speed map of India, as applicable to 10 m
height above mean ground level for different zones
of the country. Basic wind speed is based on peak
gust velocity averaged over a short time interval
of about 3 seconds and corresponds to mean
heights above ground level in an open terrain
( Category 2 ). Basic wind speeds presented in
Fig. 1 have been worked out for a 50 year return
period. Basic wind speed for some important
cities/towns is also given in Appendix A.,
5.3 Design
Wind
Speed ( V, ) - The basic
wind speed ( V, ) for any site shall be obtained
from Fig. 1 and shall be modified to include the
following effects to get design wind velocity at
any height ( V, j for the chosen structure:
a) Risk level;
b) Terrain roughness, height and size of structure; and
c) Local topography.
It can be mathematically
v, =
expressed as follows:
vb kl k~ ks
where
V, =
design wind speed at any height

z in m/s;
probability
factor ( risk coeffi.
cient ) ( see 5.3.1 );
ks = terrain, height and structure size
factor ( see 5.3.2 ); and
kl
ks = topography factor ( see 5.3.3 ).

NOTE - Design wind speep up to IO m height from
mean ground level shall be considered constant.
5.3.1 Risk Coejicient ( kI Factor ) - Figure 1

gives basic wind speeds for terrain Category 2 as
applicable at 10 m above ground level based on 50
years mean return period. The suggested life
period to be assumed in design and the corresponding kl factors for different class of structures
for the purpose of design is given in Table 1. In
the design of all buildings and structures, a
regional basic wind speed having a mean return
period of 50 years shall be used except as specified in the note of Table 1.
5.3.2 Terrain,
( k, Factor )
Height
and
Structure
Size
Factor
5.3.2.1
Terrain - Selection
of terrain categories shall be made with due regard to the effect
of obstructions which constitute the ground surface roughness. The terrain category used in the
design of a structure may vary depending on the
direction of wind under consideration. Wherever
sufficient meteorological information is available
about the nature of wind direction, the orientation
of any building or structure may be suitably
planned.
Terrain in which a specific structure stands
shall be assessed as being one of the following
terrain categories:
1 - Exposed open terrain with

few or no obstructions and in which the
average height of any object surrounding
the structure is less than 1.5 m.
Category
NOTE - This category

and flat treeless plains.
b)
includes open sea-coasts
Open terrain with well scattered obstructions having heights generally

between I.5 to 10 m.
Category 2 -
for measureNOTE - This is the criterion

ment of regional basic wind speeds and includes
airfields, open parklands and undeveloped sparsely built-up outskirts of towns and suburbs. Open
land adjacent to sea coast may also be classified as
Category 2 due to roughness of large sea waves at
high winds.
3 - Terrain with numerous closely

spaced obstructions having the size of
building-structures
up to 10 m in height
with or without a few isolated tall structures.
Cl CategoTy
NOTE 1 - This category includes well wooded

areas, and shrubs, towns and industrial areas full
or partially developed.
NOTE 2 - It is likely that the next higher
category
than this will not exist in most design
situations and that selection of a more severe
category will be deliberate.
NOTE 3 - Particular
attention must be given
to performance of obstructions in areas affected by
fully developed tropical cyclones.Vegetation which
is likely to be blown down or defoliated cannot be
relied upon to maintain Category 3 conditions.
Where such situation may exist, either an intermediate category with velocity multipliers midway
between the values for Category 2 and 3 given in
Table 2, or Category 2 should be selected having
due regard to local conditions.
d) Category 4 - Terrain with numerous large

high closely spaced obstructions.
NOTE - This category includes large city centres, generally with obstructions above 25 m and
well developed industrial complexes.
5.3.2.2
Variation of wind speed with height for
di@erent sizes of structures in different terrains ( k,
factor ) - Table 2 gives multiplying factors ( lir )
by which the basic wind speed given in Fig. 1

shall be multiplied to obtain the wind speed at
different heights, in each terrain category for
different sizes of buildings/structures.
As in the Original Standard, this Page is Intentionally Left Blank
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1387

The buildings/structures are classified into the
following three different classes depending upon
their size:
ponents such as claddinp, glazing, roofing,

etc, having maximum dimension ( greatest
horizontal or vertical dimension ) between 20
and 50 m.
Class A - Structures and/or their components

such as cladding, glaxing, roofing, etc, having
maximum
dimension ( greatest horizontal or
vertical dimension ) less than 20 m.
Class B -
Structures
TABLE
CLASS
OF
and/or
RISK
their
COEFFICIENTS.FOR
DIFFERENT
c1a.U C - Structures and/or their components

such as cladding, glazing, roofing, etc, having
maximum dimension ( greatest horizontal or
vertical dimension ) greater than 50 m.
com-
DIFFERENT
WIND SPEED
( Clause 5.3.1 )
PROBABLE
DESIGN LIFE OF
STRUCTURE IN
YEARS
STRUCTWZE
CLASSES
ZONES
OF STRUCTURES
IN
FACTOR BOB BASIC WIND SPEED

(m/s ) 0~
---_--__7
r-------33
39
44
47
50
55
MEAN
k,
All general buildings and structures
50
10
1.0
10
1.0
10
Temporary sheds, structures such as

those used during construction
operations
( for example, formwork and falsework ), structures
during construction
stages and
boundary walls
0.82
0.76
0.73
071
0.70
067
25
0.94
0.92
0.91
0.90
090
089
100
105
I 06
10:
107
I 08
1.08
Buildings and structures

a low degree of hazard
property in the event
such as isolated towers
areas, farm buildings
residential buildings
presenting
to life and
of failure,
in wooded
other than
Important buildings and structures

such as hospitals communication
buildings / towers,
power plant
structures
-1.0
NOTE
The factor kt is based on statistical concepts which take account of the degree of reliability required
and period of time in years during which these will be exposure to wind, that is, life of the structure. Whatever
wind speed is adopted for design purposes, there is always a probability ( however small ) that it may be exceeded
in a storm of exceptional violence; the greater the period of years over which these will be exposure to the wind,
the greater is the probability. Higher return periods ranging from 100 to 1 000 years ( implying lower risk level ) in
association with greater periods of exposure may have to be selected for exceptionally
important structures, such
Equation given below may be used in such cases
as, nuclear power reactors and satellite communication
towers.
to estimate k, factors for different periods of exposure and chosen probability
of exceedance ( risk level ). The
probability level of 063 is normally considered sufficient for design of buildings and structures against wind effects
and the values of k, corresponding to this risk level are given above.
XN,
kl =
x5O, 0.63
*-L+*{-+ql-P$J
z----
A + 4B
where
N = mean probable design life of structure in years;
PN -
risk level in N consecutive years ( probability

N successive years ), nominal value = 063;
that the design wind speed
X N,P = extreme wind speed for given values of Nand

x5O, 063
is exceeded
PN; and
extreme wind speed for N = 50 years and PN = 063.
A and B are coefficients having the following
values for different basic wind speed zones:
Zone
33 m/s
832
92
39 m/s
840
140
44 m/s
47 m/s
88,O
180
88.0
205
50 m/s
888
228
55 m/s
90.8
27.3
11
at least once in
LL.
._ ._
.-. .-
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

WITH HEIGHT
TABLE 2 k, FACTORS TO OBTAIN DESIGN WIND SPEED VARIATION
DIFFERENT TERRAINS FOR DIFFERENT CLASSES OF BUILDINGS/STRUCTURES
IN
( ClaUJC
5.3.2.2 )
HEIGHT
m
TEBRAIN CATEQORY 1
CLASS
I---_*--1
A
B
c
TERRAIN CATEC+ORY
2
CLbSS
r---_h-_--~
c
A
B
(5)
103
107
1.10
113
118
(4)
0.99
103
106
109
114
(5)
100
105
1.07
112
117
(6)
0.98
102
105
110
115
(7)
0.93
0.97
:o
30
50
(2)
105
1.09
112
115
1-20
100
150
200
250
300
126
130
132
134
135
124
1.28
130
132
134
120
124
126
128
130
124
128
130
132
1.34
122
1.25
128
131
1 32
1.17
1.21
124
126
1.28
350
400
459
500
137
138
139
140
135
136
137
1.38
131
1.32
133
134
136
137
138
139
134
135
136
137
129
130
131
132
(1)
IO
NOTE 1 -
::z
110
TEP.BAIN CATECJORP
4
CLASS
t-_-*---~
c
B
A
TEERAIN CATEQO~Y 3
CLASS
c--_-~--_-~
A
c
B
(11)
0.80
0.80
0.80
OY7
110
(12)
:%*
109
(10)
082
087
091
096
1.02
0.76
076
076
093
105
(131
067
0.67
067
083
095
117
121
1.24
126
1.28
110
115
118
120
122
120
124
127
128
130
115
120
122
1.24
126
105
1.10
113
116
I.17
132
134
135
1~36
130
131
132
133
124
1.25
126
1.28
1.31
1.32
1.33
134
1.27
1.28
129
1.30
119
120
121
122
(8)
091
097
101
106
112
(9)
088
0%
120
124
127
Se6 5.3.2.2 for definitions of Class A, Class B and Class C structures.
NOTE 2 - Intermediate values may be obtained by linear interpolation, if desired, It is permissible to assume
constant wind speed between 2 heights for simplicity.
5.3.2.3 Terrain categories in relation to the direccategory used in the

tion of wind - The terrain
design of a structure
may vary depending on the
direction
of wind under
consideration.
Where
sufficient meteorological
information
is available,
the basic wind speed may be varied for specific
wind direcion.
TABLE
(1)
02
a) Fetch and develobed height relationship - The

relation between the developed height (h,)
and the fetch (x) for wind-flow over each
of the four terrain categories may be taken
as given in Table 3.
b) For structures
of heights greater than the
developed
height
(h,) in Table
3, the
may be determined
in
velocity
profile
accordance with the following:
i) The
les3 or least rough
ii) The method
described
terrain,
HEIGHT
(2)
12
(3)
20
(4)
35
(5)
60
05
20
30
35
9.5
25
45
80
130
35
65
110
190
60
100
170
300
10
80
140
25C
450
20
120
200
350
500
50
180
300
400
500
5.3.3.1 The effect of topography

will be
significzt
at a site when the upwind slope (6) is
greater than about 3, and below that, the value
of ks may be taken to be equal to 1-O. The value
of ks is confined in the range of 1-O to 1.36 for
slopes greater than 3. A method of evaluating the
value of ks for values greater than 1.0 is given in
Appendix
C. It may be noted that the value of
ks varies with height above ground
level, at a
maximum near the ground,
and reducing to 1.0
at higher levels.
or
in Appendix
FETCH AND DEVELOPED

RELATIONSHIP
( C1UUS6
5.3.2.4 )
DEVELOPEDHEIGHT, hx IN METRES
(x) ,--__--h_
----y
Terrain
Terrain
Terrain
Terrain
Category 1 Category 2 Category 3 Category 4
FE?:
5.3.2.4
Changes in terrain categories - The
velocity profile for a given terrain category does
not develop to full height immediately
with the
commencement
of
that
terrain
category
but
develop gradually to height ( h, ) which increases with the fetch or upwind distance (x).
B.
5.3.3 Tojography
( ks Factor ) - The
basic
wind speed Vb given in Fig. 1 takes account of
the general level of site above sea level. This does
not allow for local topographic
features such as
hills, valleys, cliffs, escarpments,
or ridges which
can significantly
affect wind speed in their vicinity. The effect of topography is to accelerate wind
near the summits of hills or crestsof cliffs, escarpments or ridges and decelerate the wind in valleys
or near the foot of cli%,
steep escarpments,
or
ridges.
5.4 Design Wind Pressure - The design wind

pressure at any height above mean ground level
shall be obtained
by the following
relationship
between wind pressure and wind velocity:
pz = 0.6
12
r-i
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

where
NOTE 1 - The
coefficients
given
different tables have k!ey?%tained

mainly from me;
gurements on models in wind- tunnels, ahd the great
majority C.of data available
has been obtained in conditions of ielatively
smooth flow. Where sufficient field
data exists as in the case of rectangular
buildings,
values have been obtained to allow for turbulent flow.
pz = design wind pressure in N/ms at

height z, and
v, -
design wind velocity

height 2.
in m/s at
NOTE 2 - In recent years, wall glazing and cladding design has been a source of major concern. Although
of less consequence
than the collapse of main structures. damage
to glass can be hazardous
and cause
considerable financial losses.
NOTE - The coefficient 06 (in SI units ) in the

above formula depends on a number
of factors aod
mainly on the atmospheric
pressure and air temperature. The value chosen corresponds
to the average
appropriate
Indian atmospheric
conditions.
NOTE 3 - For pressure coefficients for structures

not covered here, reference may be made to specialist
literature on the subject or advise may be sought from
specialists in the subject.
5.5 Off
Shore Wind
Velocity - Cyclonic
storms form far away from the sea coast and
gradually reduce in speed as they approach the
sea coast. Cyclonic storms generally extend up to
about 60 kilometres inland after striking the coast.
Their effect on land is already reflected in basic
wind speeds specified in Fig. 1. The influence of
wind speed off the coast up to a distance of about
200 kilometres may be taken as 1.15 times the
value on the nearest coast in the absence of any
definite wind data.
6. WIND PRESSURES AND
BUILDINGS/STRUCTURES
6.1 General - The wind
shall be calculated for:
FORCES
load on
6.2.1 Wind Load on Individual Members - When

calculating the wind load on individual strcutural
elements such as roofs and walls, and individual
cladding units and their fittings, it is essential to
take account of the pressure difference between
opposite faces of such elements or units. For clad
structures, it is, therefore, necessary to know the
internal pressure as well as the external pressure.
Then the wind load, F, acting in a direction
normal to the individual structural element or
cladding unit is:
ON
a building
F=(G~---C~~)AP~
where
a) The building as a whole,
c De = external pressure coefficient,

c Di = internal pressure- coefficient,
A = surface area of structural
or cladding unit, and
b) Individual structural elements as roofs and

walls, and
c) Individual cladding units including glazing
and their fixings.
element
Pd = design wind pressure.
pressure
6.2 Pressure
Coefficients - The
coefficients are always given for a particular surface or part of the surface of a building. The wind
load acting normal to a surface is obtained by
multiplying the area of that surface or its appropriate portion by the pressure coefficient (C,) and
the design wind pressure at the height of the surface from the ground. The average values of these
pressure coefficients for some building shapes are
given in 6.2.2 and 6.2.3.
NOTE 1 - If the surface design pressure varies with

height, the surface areas of the structural element may
be sub-divided so that the specified pressures are taken
over appropriate
areas.
NOTE 2 - Positive wind
acting towards the structural
away from it.
6.2.2
load indicates
the force
element
and negative
External Pressure Coeficients
6.2.2.1
Walls - The
average
external
pressure coefficient for the walls of clad buildings
of rectangular plan shall be as given in Table 4.
In addition, local pressure concentration
coefficients are also given.
Average values of pressure coefficients are

given for critical wind directions in one or more
quadrants. In order to determine the maximum
wind load on the building, the total load should
be calculated for each of the critical directions
shown from all quadrants. Where considerable
variation of pressure occurs over a surface, it has
been subdivided atid mean pressure coefficients
given for each of its several parts.
6.2.2.2 Pitched rbofs of rectangular clad buildThe average external pressure coefficients
and pressure concentration coeecients for pitched
roofs of rectangular clad building shall be as
given in Table 5. Where no pressure concentration
coefficients are given, the average coefficients
shall apply. The pressure coefficients on the under side of any overhanging roof shall be taken in
accordance with 6.2.2.7.
ings -
areas of high local suction

In addition,
( negative
pressure concentration ) frequently
occurring near the edges of walls and roofs are
separately shown. Coefficients for the local effects
should only be used for calculation of forces on
these local areas affecting roof sheeting, glass
panels, individual cladding units including their
fixtures. They should not be used for calculating
force on entire structural elements such as roof,
walls or structure as a whole.
NOTE 1 - The
pressure
concentration
shall be
assumed to act outward
( suction pressure ) at the
ridges, eaves, cornices and 90 degree corners of roofs
( see 6.2.2.7 ).
NOTE 2 - The pressure
concentration
shall not be
included
with the net external pressure when computing overall loads.
13
km._._.
_____.__...
_...~._
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

TABLE
EXTERNAL
PRESSURE
COEFFICIENTS
( Cpe ) FOR WALLS
CLAD BUILDINGS
OF RECTANGULAR
( clause 6.2.2.1 )
BUILDING
PLAN
RATIO
BUILDINU
HEIGHT
RATIO
ELEVATION
WIND
ANGLE
0
PLAN
_-
+<+
7
81
-i
+0.7
30
-0.5
1
I
-.El
e&5
A
I<<;
w
-iI_Cl
/
I
w2
-05
-05
-05
i-0.7
-02
c -08
cl?-*
+0.7
-0.25
-0.6
-06
30
-05
-0.5
+0.7
-01
--
--
--
-i_
+0.7
-02
-06
-0.6
90
-06
-06
+0*7
-02 5j
_j.
-1.0
.-
I!
<hd
-0.2
--
Cpe
-I-
.C
3
g<;<4
.-
--
--
/ LOCAL
--
degrees
Cpe FOR SURFACE
I3
-l
> -1'1
--
$.<.$<4
ec?&
90
+0*7
- 0.3
-05
-0.5
-07
-0.7
+0.7
-0.1
-_
--
_-
-I
} -11
J
-_
l<;C+
b
-
Cl
0
90
+ 0.8
--02
-0.8
-0%
-08
-0.8
+08
-02
7
15
> - 12
3
z_< h<6
w
.-
-C
p,+
ti*
1
e
l-o.7
-04
-07
-07
-I
90
-05
-05
+08
-01
} - 1.2
( Continued )
14
l!3:875(Part3)-1987
TABLE
I
-aw
COEFFICIENTS
( Cpe ) FOR WALLS
CLAD BUILDINGS
- Contd
PLAN
ELEVATION
BUILDING
PLAN
RATIO
BUILDING
HEIGHT
RATIO
PRESSURE
EXTERNAL
WIND
ANGLE
8
3
2
90
OF RECTANGULAR
LOCAL cpe
Cpe FOR SUX~FACE
I
C
-185
-09
-09
-I
) -125
-08
-08
+09
-085
+095
-1.25.
-0.7
+0951
pggg?z
0
I3
h is the height to caves or parapet,

dimension of a building.
NOTE -
horizontal
1 is the greater
6.2.2.3 Monoslope roofs of rectangular clad buildThe average

pressure coefficient
and
pressure concentration
coefficient for monoslope
( lean-to ) roofs of rectangular
clad buildings
shall be as given in Table 6.
ings -
6.2.2.4
I<
&<3
Canoby roofs with
>
The
and
pressure coefficients
are
$4:
given in Tables 7 and 8 separately for monopitch and double pitch canopy roofs such as
open-air parking garages, shelter areas, outdoor
areas, railway platforms, stadiums and theatres.
The coefficients take account of the combined
effect of the wind exerted on and under the roof
for all wind directions; the resultant is to be taken
normal to the canopy. Where the local coefficients
overlap, the greater of the two given values should
be taken. However, the effect of partial closures
of one side and or both sides, such as those due to
trains, buses and stored materials shall be foreseen
and taken into account.
90
horizontal
dimension
of a building
and w IS the
lesser
to the wind direction. 4 = 0 represents a canopy

with no obstructions underneath. $ - 1 represents the canopy fully blocked with contents to
the downwind eaves. Values of C, for intermediate solidities may be linearly interpolated between
these two extremes, and apply upwind of the
position
of maximum
blockage
only. Downwind
of the position of maximum blockage the coefficients for 4 = 0 may be used.
In addition to the pressure forces normal to
the canopy, there will be horizontal loads on the
canopy due to the wind pressure on any fascia
and to friction over the surface of the canopy.
For any wind direction, only the greater of these
two forces need be taken into account. Fascia
loads should be calculated on the area of the
surface facing the wind, using a force coefficient
of l-3. Frictional drag should be calculated using
the coefficients given in 6.3.1.
NOYE -
Tables
9 to 14 may be
used
to get internal
and external pressure coefficients for pitches and troughed free roofs for some specific cases for which aspect
ratios and roof slopes have been specified. However,
The solidity ratio 4 is equal to the area of

obstructions under the canopy divided by the
gross area under the canopy, both areas normal
while using Tables 9 to 14 any significant

departure
from it should be investigated
carefully.
No increase
shall be made for local effects except as indicated.
15
TABLE
EXTERNAL
PRESSURE
COEFFICIENTS
( cp, ) FOR PITCHED
ROOFS
OF RECTANGULAR
CLAD
BUILDINGS
( Clause 6.2.2.2 )
ik;Il>lD1N0
HEIGHT
RATIO
RlX!F
AKaLE
CL
WIND
EF
nk---W
ANGLE 8
0
WIND
GH
EG
ANQLE O
900
FH
- 08
-09
-12
-04
0
+0*3
+0*7
-04
-04
-0.4
-04
-0.4
-0.5
-0.6
-08
- 08
-08
-07
-0.7
-07
-07
-0.4
-04
-06
-06
-0.6
-06
-0.6
-20
- 14
-14
- 10
-08
-08
-06
-10
-06
-20
-11
-09
-07
-02
+o 2
+06
-0.6
-05
-0.6
-0.5
-05
-05
-08
-08
-0.9
-08
-0.8
-08
-06
-06
-06
-0.a
-08
-08
-20
--20
15
30
_
0
10
5
IL
I -.0.7
-0.7
-08
- 10
-06
-0%
-06
-0.6
-0.5
--
,.
-10
-12
- 12
- 11
-11
- 11
-_1
_.3 ,
h
r5;;<0
LOCAL COEFFICIENTS
-0.9
-08
-08
-08
--oi
-08
-08
-0.7
-08
-08
-0.7
-0.7
-07
-0.7
-I0
-2.0
- 15
-20
l_pp___m
-15
-15
-_
-12
-I.0
- 10
-10
.-
-9.n
Ii.!
- 15
-1.5
-;.;
-9.n
-3.n
1
I _~
l$;;
-7fl
-1.5
__
/
I_.
-;.;
_:vJ
-1.5
-12
-12
__i. 5
18:875(Part3)-1987
TABLE 6
EXTERNAL
PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS ( C,, ) FOR MONOSLOPE ROOFS FOR
RECTANGULAR
CLAD BUIILDINGS WITH $
< 2
( Clause 6.2.2.3 )
y = h or 015 W, whichever
is the lesser.
NOTE -
area L refer to the whole quadrant.
LOCAL Cpe
WIND ANQLE 13
ROOF
AIGQLE
OL
Degree
Area Hand
45O
135O
90
H&LH&L
180
Hi
Hs
Lz
Ls
He
Le
-0.9
-1.0
-05
-10
-2.0
__15
-20
-15
-20
-20
-1.5
-20
-2.0
em*
3%
%g
-0.5
-1.0
-10
10
-10
-0.5
-1.0
-0.8
-1.0
15
-o-,9
-0.5
-10
-07
20
-0.8
-0.5
-1.0
25
-07
-0.5
-10
30
-05
-05
-10
-0.9
%$
.I& o, .L .5!
a
-z E;
a%*
<:93
4:
-10
-05
-0.6
-1.0
-0.4
-1.0
-20
v-1.5
-2.0
- 1.0 1 -05
-0.6
-1.0
-03
- 10
- 18
-09
-18
- 1.4
-20
-20
-0.6
-0.9
-0.5
-0.5
-1.0
-02
-1.0
-1.8
-08
-18
-1.4
-2.0
-20
-0.6
-0
8. -0.5
-0.3
-0.9
-0.1
-0.9
-18
-0.7
-0.9
-0.9
-2.0
-20
-0.6
-0
-0.1
-06
-06
-18
-0-j
-0.5
-0.5
-2.0
-2.0
-0
-05
J
NOTE 2 h is the height to eaves at lower side, I is the greater horizontal
lesser horizontal dimension of a building.
18
dimension
of a building
and UJ is the
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

TABLE 7
PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS FOR MDNOSLOPE FREE RQOFS

( Clause 6.2.2.4 )
1
SOLIDITY RATIO
Rooy ANGLE
( DECUUUES)
MAXINUY
( LARQEST + VE ) AKD
MINIMTJIU( LARGEST COEFFICIENTS
Overall
Coefficients
VE ) PRESSURE
Local Coefficients
BzzzB
+0-z
+0*5
+1*8
+0*4
+08
+2-l
+I3
10
+0*5
+1*2
+24
+I6
All values of
d
+1-l
+0*7
+ 14
+27
+18
-l-O8
+1*7
+2*9
+2*1
25
+1-o
+2-o
+3*1
+23
30
+1-z
f22
+32
+24
d=O
-05
-06
-13
- 14
4-l
-10
-12
- 18
-19
4-O
-0.7
- 1.1
- 17
- 1.8
4-l
-11
-1.6
-2.2
-23
15
20
10
15
20
25
30
NOTE -
-.
4=0
-0.9
-15
-2.0
-2.1
4=1
-13
-21
-2.6
-2.7
4-o
-1.1
-18
-24
-25
4-I
-14
-23
-2.9
-30
b-0
-1.3
-22
-28
-29
4-l
-1.5
-26
-31
-32
4-o
-1.6
-26
-62
-32
4-l
-17
-28
-3.5
-35
4-o
4=1
-18
-3.0
-3.8
-36
- 18
-30
-38
-3.6
For monopitch
canopies the centre of pressure should
edge.
19
be taken
to
act at 03 UJ from the windward
KS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

TABLE
PRESSURE
COEFFICIENTS
FOR FBEE STANDING
DOUBLE
SLOPED
ROOFS
( Clause 6.2.2.4 )
-c,
-CP
.-Cn
10
h
-I
1
1
ROOF
ANGLE
Roos Xsa~n
: DEc;lIEZ% )
+ve
ROCF ANGLE
-ve
MAXIMOX
SOLIDITY
RATIO
!
!
( LAB~EST+VE )
Overall
Coefficients
-15
- 10
-5
7-5
f 10
+15
i20
3
:3;
+0*7
+0.5
$-O-4
+03
+0.3
+0.4
+0*4
+06
-20
j Ail values of
!
!
/
I
+=1
I$=0
-0.7
-09
-06
-0.8
-06
-0.8
-0.5
-08
o-0
4-l
-10
,y_
$10
-5
/
I
+5
+ 10
+ 15
K:,
i30
;
/
f=i=
=
f=Y
_
;
$I:,
1
I
$w&
$1;
I
1
liz%@zl
/
+06
+ 07
+08
i-0.8
+1*3
+1*4
+14
+1*5
f16
+16
+1*7
+I4
+I1
+08
+04
+0*4
+0*4
+0.4
-!-05
+0*7
:x, .
+0*7
+0.9
+1*1
+I2
+I3
+I6
+1.5
+I4
+1*5
+ 18
+I8
+1.9
+1*9
+1*9
+1*9
-0.9
- 12
-13
-17
-16
-19
-06
-_12
-08
-13
-17
-16
-19
-06
- 12
-1.5
-19
-0.6
-1:3
-1.6
-19
-0.6
-14
-14
-1.8
-11
-21
-15
-20
Al.4
-1.8
-1.4
-24
-1.1
-0.7
/
/
/
i20
i-25
-06
-09
/
-i-O%
+06
+06
:x:;
--:5
VE ) Pn~aacnn
Local Coefficients
--Cl
MINI~X
( LARGEST CO~FFI~~~NTS
AYD
-08
-11
j_
-1.3
-17
-07
-15
-13
-17
-0.6
-13
-1.4
-18
-07
-1.4
-ll
-08
-12
-0.9
- 15
- 17
-22
-14
-1.9
-18
-2%
-09
-13
-1
-1.7
-18
-23
- 1.4
-1.9
-20
-30
-19
-24
- 14
-21
-20
-30
-14
-22
-20
-3.0
-1.0
-14
-10
- 14
-1.4
1
I_L___-!9
i
-_ ;
-1-4
-21
I::?
_b
---.-_
Each slope of a duopitch canopy should he able to withstand forces using both the maximum and the mmimurn
oefficients, and the whole canopy should be able to support forces using one slope at the maximum coefficient with the
Ither slope at the minimum coeffictent. For duopitch canopies the cenrre of pressure should be taken to act at the centre
Peach slope.
20
YS : 875 ( Pars
TABLE
PRESSURE
COEFFICIENTS
( TOP
AND BOTTOM
) FOR
PXTCHED
ROOFS,
3 ) - Y987
a +e 3tP
( &uw 6.2.2.4 )
-T
I
G
_____:
Roof sIope a 0 30
e - 0 - 450, D, D, E, E :x1:
length
9 = 90, D, D, E, E prr !engzh
b, thereafter
Cp = 0
z
J
--
L;----
I__
9
D
9o
j_
_-A45
90
I-
-10
0.1
-0.3
-03
-05
-0.3
/
j
-06
/
1
-0.3
-0.3
-C4
-7
)
I
I
06
End Surfaces
-I
45O
----I
i
I1
-0.4
-0*3
/
/
:
Forj
Tangentially
: Cp top =
-iO;
acting
Cp bottom
friction:
21
-0.2
ROOo ip 005 pdbd
c;
I
1
!
I
0.8
/
I
03
.j_
IS I 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1387
TABLE
10 PRESSURE
COEFFICIENTS
( TOP AND BOTTOM
) FOR PITCHED
a = 300 WITH EFFECTS OF TRAIN OR STORED MAIBRIALS
FREE ROOFS,
( Clause 6.2.2.4 )
Roof slope LY= 300

Efftctz
of trains
or
stored
materials:
0 a 0 -45,
or 135 -180,
D, D. E, F full lqngth
6 - ;;,.$,
D , E, E part
thereafter
b,
& = 0
!
,
b:5C
I
I
I
!
- --_
.I-. _G__
I
&d
--I
PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS,cp
cl
/
D
End Surfaces
E
c
0
01
08
-07
09
05
-08
05
45O
-01
90
-04
-05
180
-03
-06
-04
-05
04
-06
i : Cp top = - 15; C, bottom
45
Forj
go0
Tangentially
acting friction:
&a
Q 05
= 005 pdbd
.-
22
-03
08
03
-04
-a.-%---_-_-__...
_.
IS I 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987
TABLE 11 PRESSURE
COEFFICIENTS (TOPANDBOTTOM)FORPlTCHEDF~~
BOOFS,am
10"
( Clause
6.2.2.4)
f
b=d
b=Sd
Roof slope (L = IO
8 = 0 - 45, D, D, E, E full length
0 = 90, D, D, E, E par1 length b,
thereafter
Cp = 0
PRESSURECOEFFICIENTS, CD
End Surfaces
e
D
c
-~.
-00
45"
90
-1.0
03
-0'3
-0.3
0.1
-0.5
-0'3
-0.3
0.2
0 -
90
Forf:
Cp top = -110; Cp bottom
Tangentially
acting friction,
01
0"
= 04
RIO = O1 pdbd
23
-0'4
0.8
09
-0.6
TABU
I2
PRESSURE COEFFICIFiNTS (*OP AND BOTTOM ) FOR PITCRBD FBE

ir - 10 WITH EFFECTS OF TRAIN OR STORED MATJZItIAL8
( CIaw
6.2.2.4
ROOFS
-T
h=O$th
_A_
i
i
Roof slope m - IO0

EAacts of trains or stored materials:
e-o.=45,or 135 - 180,
D, D, E, E full length
0 = 90*, D, D, E, E part length b,
thereafter CD = 0
i
!
1
I
/
-04
!
I
0.8
-0%
03
i
I
0
0 -
I!$
ForJ: I;, top = -15;
/ Tangentially
Cp bottom
acting friction:
= 0.9
R,o .= 0.1 p&j
24
1sr875(Part3)-1987
TABLE
13 EXTERNAL
PRESSURE COEFTZCXENTS
FOR
( Clause 6.2.2.4
TROUGHED
FRER
ROOPS,
a = IO
Roof slope a - 10
9 = 0 -45, D. D, E. E full
iength
A = 90*, D,_ D, E, E Fatt length
b, thereafter Cp I 9
P&EssUnE
cOEFFICIEK?K3,
cp
0
0 -90
03
-07
Forf
acting friction
25
01
-01
: CD top = 04; Cp bottom =
Tangentially
02
,
/
0.1
-01
1
,
-02
4Y
90
- i-1
Rgo = Gi &bi
/
I
/
!
I
j
I
E
-09
-03
01
ISr875(
Part3)-1987
TAtWE 14 PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS ( TOP AND BOTTOM ) FOR TROUGHED FREE ROOFS,
a = IO WITH EFFECTS OF TRAINS OR STORED MATERIALS
( Clause 6.2.2.4 )
b= 5d
f
Lm
Roof slope (I = 10
Effects
of
trains
or
stored
materials:
13= 0 - 450, or 135 - 180,
D, D, E, E full length
13= go, D, D, E, E, part
length b thereafter
Cp = 0
i------i
PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS, Cp
e
D
00
-07
08
-06
06
45O
-04
03
-02
02
90
-0.1
01
-01
01
180
-04
-0.6
- 03
0
O- 180
-0.2
Forf:
Cp top =
Tangentially
26
- 11; CD bottom
acting
friction:
= 09
&,o = 01 pabd
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987
6.2.2.5 Curved roofs - For curved roofs, the

external pressure coefficients
shall be as given in
Table
15. Allowance
for local effects shall be
-made in accordance with Table 5.
The total resultant load (P) acting on the roof

of the structure is given by the following formula:
6.2.2.6
Pitched and saw-tooth roofs of multiFor
pitched
and saw-tooth
span
buildings
roofs of multi-span buildings, the external average
pressure coefficients
and pressure concentration
coefficients shall be. as given in Tables 16 and 17
respectively. provided that all spans shall be equal
and the height to the eaves shall not exceed the
span.
The resultant of Pfor roofs lies at 0.1 D from

the centre of the roof on the windword side.
Evidence
on
multi-span
buildings
is
NOTEfragmentary;
any departure given in Tables 16 and 17
should be investigated separately.
6.2.2.7
Pressure coeficients
on overhangs from
roofs - The pressure coefficients
on the top overhanging portion of the roofs shall be taken to be
the same as that of the nearest top portion of the
non-overhanging
portion of the roofs. The pressure
coefficients
for the underside surface of the overhanging
portions shall be taken as follows and
shall be taken as positive if the overhanging
portion is on the windward side:
a)
1.25 if the overhanging
b)
1.00 if the overhanging
c) 0.75 if the overhanging
slopes,
isShorizontal,
and
slopes upwards.
For overhanging
portions on sides other than
the windward side, the average
pressure coefficients on adjoining walls may be used.
6.2.2.8
Cylindrical structures - For the purpose of calculating
the wind pressure distribution
around a cylindrical
structure of circular
crosssection, the value of external pressure coefficients
given in Table 18 may be used provided that the
Reynolds
number is greater than 10 000. They
may be used for wind blowing normal to the axis
of cylinders
having axis normal to the ground
plane ( that is, chimneys and silos ) and cylinders
having their axis parallel
to the ground plane
( that is, horizontal
tanks ) provided
that the
clearance between the tank and the ground
is not
less than the diameter of the cylinder.
h is height of a vertical cylinder or length of a
horizontal cylinder. Where there is a free flow of
air around both ends, h is to be taken as half the
length when calculating h/D ratio.
In the calculation
of the resultant load on the
periphery
of the cylinder, the value of C,t shall
be taken into account.
For open ended cylinders,
C,i shall be taken as follows:
a) 0.8 where h/D is not less than 0.3, and
b) 0.5 where h/D is less than
0.3.
6.2.2.9
Roofs and bottoms of cylindrical
elevated
structures - The external
pressure coefficients for
roofs and bottoms of cylindrical elevated structures
shall be as given in Table 19 ( see also Fig. 2 ).
P =
0.785
D ( _!q -
C,, pa)
6.2.2.10
Combined roofs and roofs with a sky
light - The average external pressure coefficients
for combined
roofs and roofs with a sky light is
shown in Table 20.
6.2.2.11
Grandstands - The pressure coefficients on the roof ( top and bottom ) and rear
wall of a typical
grandstand
roof which is open
on three sides is given in Table 21. The pressure
coefficients
are valid for a particular
ratio of
dimensions
as specified in Table 21 but may be
used for deviations
up to 20 percent.
In general,
the maximum wind load occurs when the wind is
blowing into the open front of the stand, causing
positive pressure under the roof and negative
pressure on the roof.
of round silos and
6.2.2.12
Upper surface
tanks - The pressure coefficients
on the upper
surface of round silos and tanks
standing
on
ground shall be as given in Fig. 2.
6.2.2.13
Spheres coefficients
for spheres
Table 22.
The.
shall
external
be as
pressure
given
in
6.2.3 Internal Pressure Coejicients - Internal

air
pressure in a building
depends upon the degree
of permeability
of cladding
to the flow of air.
The internal
air pressure may be positive
or
negative
depending
on the direction
of flow of
air in relation to openings in the buildings.
6.2.3.1
In the case of buildings where the
claddings permit the flow of air with openings not
more than about 5 percent
of the wall area but
where there are no large openings, it is necessary
to consider the possibility of the internal pressure
being positive or negative. Two design conditions
shall be examined,
one with an internal pressure
coefficient of +0.2 and another with an internal
pressure coefficient of -0.2.
The internal
pressure
coefficient
is algebraically added to the external pressure coefficient
and the analysis which indicates greater distress of
the member shall be adopted.
In most situations
a simple inspection of the sign of external pressure
will at once indicate the proper sign of the internal pressure coefficient to be taken for design.
NOTE - The term normal permeability
relates t*
the flow of air commonly
aftorded by claddings not
only through open windows and doors, but also through
the slits round the closed wincows 2nd doors and through chimneys,
ventilators
and through the joints between roof coverings, the total open area being less than
5 percent of area of the walls having the openings.
TABLE
15
EXTERNAL
PRESSURE
COEFFICIENTS
( Clause 6.2.2.5
FOR
l------~-----l
a) Roof springing
from ground
CURVED
ROOFS
Values
of C, Cl and C2
level
c2
-CL_
0'1
0.2
03
p_-04
-0.5
-0.6
b) Roof on elevated
-08
_-09
___-1.0
-~
+0*3
c) Doubly
--7
curved
0 0.6
roofs
-0.7
-0.3
jp
-11
+06
+0*4
-12
+0.7
i-o.7
NOTE - fihen the wind is blowing

normal
to gable ends,
Cpe may be
taken as equal to -0.7
for the full
width of the roof.over
a length of l/2
from the gable ends and -0.5
for the
remaining portion.
HALF
(Cl
GUARTE R
4 i
fiGkIfCiN
OF ROOF EEL
THIS LINE TO BE
TREAIED
AS AN
EXTENSION
of
VERTICAL SUPPORTS
.~
+0*4
structure
rCENTRAL
-08
+0*1
..___I.__
ISr875(Part3)-19a7
TABLE 16
EXTERNAL
PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS ( C b iOR PlTCHED ROeFS
MULTISPAN
BUILDINGS (ALL SPANS EQ&lp,
WITH h > w
OP
( Ckusc 6.2.2.6 )
J_
I-
J_
_1_
_I_
w*
I-
-l-
ROOF
y=h or 0-1~
WHICHEVER IS LESS
h,= h,=h
PLAN
SECTION
ROOF
WIND
ANR LE
ANQLE
FIRST
FIRST SPAN
INT~YIcDIATE
SPAN
--74
OTHER
INT~R~~EDIATE
SPAN
-- C
-- m
END SPAN
c----t
LOCAL
~RFPIOUNT
degrees degrees
-09
-0.6
-04
-03
-03
-03
-0.3
-03
10
-11
-0.6
-04
-03
-03
-0.3
-03
-04
20
-07
-06
-04
-03
-03
-03
-0.3
-0.3
30
-0.2
-06
-0.4
-03
-0.2
-03
-02
-05
45
+0*3
-0.6
-0.6
-04
-02
-0.4
-02
-0.5
--
r---Roof
Angle
d;reea
Wind
Angle
8
degrees
up to 45
90
Distance
h-P---hx
-08
-20
-15
__ha
h3
-06
-02
Frictional drag: When wind angle 0 - O, horizontal forces due to frictional drag are allowed for in the aboye
values; and
when wind angle 0 = 90, allow for frictional drag in accordance with 6.3.1.
NOTE - Evidence on these buildings
investigated reparately.
is fragmentary
29
and any departure
from
the casu
given should ba
L_
.._
._.-
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

TABLE
17
EXTERNAL
PRESSURE
COEFFICIENTS
C,e FOR
SAW-TOOTH
SPAN BUILDINGS (ALL SPANS EQUAL ) WITH h > w

( Clause 6.2.2.6 )
ROOF
ROOFS
PLAN
OF MULTI-
01 UI whichY =hor
ever is the less
hl=hB = h
SECTION
WIND
ANC+LE
e
FIRST SPAN
c----Y
a
FIRST
INTER~~~EDIATE
SPAN
r--hw-y
d
c
OTHER
INTERMEDIATE
SPANS
r---h_-~
R
m
LOCAL COEFFICIENT
END SPANS
C--h--7
x
degrees
0
+06
-0.7
-07
-0.4
-0.3
-02
-0.1
-03
180
-05
-0.3
-0.3
-0.3
-0.4
-0.6
-06
-01
c-----------WIND
ANGLE 0
degrees
90
DISTANCE
-+.L----_-----~
h
ha
ha
-0.8
-0%
-02
Similarly,
210
Frictional
but handed
drag: When wind angle 0 = O, horizontal

values; and
when wind angle 8 I
NOTE separately.
-15
-20
Evidence on these buildings
forces
90, allow for frictional

is fragmentary
due to
frictional
drag in accordance
and any departures
30
drag
are allowed
for
in the above
with 6.3.1.
from the cases given should
be investigated
18:875(P8rt3)-1987
TABLE I8
EXTERNAL
PRESSURE DISTRIBUTION COEFPICIENTS AROuN6

sTRucTURm3
( CIaucs6.2.2.8 )
CTLiNDkWWL
PRESSUI~E COEFFICIENT,Cm
POSITION OF
PEBIPHERY, 0
IX DEQREEB
h/D = 7
h/D = 25
h/D = 1
10
1.0
10
15
O-8
08
08
30
0.1
01
01
45
-09
-08
-07
60
-19
-17
-1;2
75
-25
-2.2
- 1.6
90
-26
-22
-17
105
- 1.9
-17
-1.2
120
-09
-08
-0.7
135
-0.7
-0.6
-0.5
150
-06
-0.5
-04
165
-06
-05
-04
180
-0.6
-0.5
-04
--
31
IS -I 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987
T-LB
19
=TBRNAL
PRESSURE COE@FICIENTS FOR ROOFS AND BOTTOMS

CYLINDRICAL
BUILDINGS
( Clause6.2.2.9 )
OIREC?TION
Of WIN0
(bl
(cl
COS~FICIE~
OF EXTERXAL PREBSURE, Cps
STRUCTURE ACCOBDIITGTO SEAPE
a,budc
HID
Roof
05
-0.65
130
-100
Roof
Bottom
100
-075
-08
125
-075
(z/H)
-1
-0.7
_
2.00
- 100
150
-075
I
Total force acting
The resultant
-0.6
on the roof of the structure,
of P lier ecceotricdly,
P 1 0785 Da ( pi -
# a OID
32
CpePd )
OF
IS:875(Part5)-1987
TABLE 28
EXTERNAL
PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS, Cw FOR COMBINED ROOFS AND ROOFS

WITH
A SKY LIGHT
( Clause 6.2.2.10
a) Combined
Roofs
-0.8
VALUE0
POETION
cpe
DIRECTION 2
DIRECTION 1
From the Diagram
Cpe = -05,
Cpe = -07,
_!!!_ > I.5

he
OP
candd
hr
<
15
-04
See Table 5
see 6.2.2.7
( Confinurd)
33
IS : 875 ( Part
TABLE 20
3 ) - 1987
EXTERNAL
PRESSURE
COEFFICIENTS, -Cpe FOR COMBINED

WITH A SKY LIGHT - Contd
ROOFS AND ROOFS
b) .Roofs with a Sky Light
WIN0
b; ; b,
PORTION
bl < bs
a and b
--Ge
-0.6
$07
See Table for combined
34
roofs
IS t 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

TABLE
21
PRESSURE
COEFFICIENTS
AT TOP AND BOTTOM
ROOF OF GRAND
OPEN THREE SIDES ( ROOF ANGLE UP TO 5 )
STANDS
( Clause 6.2.2.11 )
( A : b : I=
0.8
: 1 : 22 )
FRONT AND BACK OF WALL
-8
-0.5
+0.9
-0.5
+0.8
-06
+0*4
-04
- 11
+06
- 1.0
+0*4
-0.3
co.9
-03
3
---
0*
-l-O9
45
KM
135O
777
-_
180~
+0.9
-
60
Mw - CpofK=
60
Mw - c, Of.3 = + 10
-10
Mw
1
I
G
0H
i-----b4
( Shaded area to
scale )
TOP AND BOTTOM OF ROOF
+0*9
D
-.-
--1.0
+0.9
-0.7
*
45O
$07
-07
-CO4
135
-1.1
-07
-10
-0.5
180
i
-0.6
45O
-03
-0.6
-0.3
-0.9
-06
MR - cp ( top ) = -2.0
MB - Cp ( bottom ) = + 10
35
-05
f03
-0.9
-10
-06
-03
--.-
45
f09
--
+08
N_
CO7
+09
~-
T-
I8 : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987
1.5
a 0.5
j.0
tand c 0.2
0.20
<h
<30
/I I,,,
, ,,
, , ,,
_,
, ,,.,
SECTION
._.
AA
, ,,,
, ,
---I
PLAN
(
For Force Coefficient
Corresponding
to Shell Portion,
see Table 23 ).
EXTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENT ON THE UPPER ROOF SURFACEOF SINQULAR ChtCr;t~~

STANDINGON 1:HE GROUND
FIQ. 2
6.2.3.2
Buildings
with
medium
and
6.3 Force Coefficients - The value of force

coefficients apply to a building or structure as a
whole, and when multiplied by the effective.
frontal area A, of the building or structure and by
design wind pressure, pd gives the total wind load
on that particular building or structure.
large
with medium and large

Buildings
openings may also exhibit either positive or
negative internal pressure depending upon the
direction of wind. Buildings with medium openings between about 5 to 20 percent of wall area
shall be examined for an internal pressure coeffiFient of +0*5 and later with an internal presand the analysis which
sure coefficient of -0.5,
produces greater distress of the members shall be
adopted. Buildings with large openings, that is,
openings larger than 20 percent of the wall area
shall be examined once with an internal pressure
coefficient of $-O-7 and again with an internal
pressure coefficient
of -0.7,
and the analysis
which produces greater distress on the members
shall be adopted.
ojenings -
F -
Ci A, ~a
where F is the force acting in a direction

specified in the respective tables and Ci is the
force coeficient for the building.
RiOTE 1 The value of the force coefficient differs
for the wind acting on different faces of a building or
structure. In order to determine the critical load, the
total wind load should be calculated for each wind
direction.
Buildings with one open side or opening

exceeding 20 percent of wall area may be assumed to be subjected to internal positive pressure
or suciion similar to those for buildings with large
openings. A few examples of buildings with one
sided openings are shown in Fig. 3 indicating
values of internal pressure coefficients with respect
to the direction of wind.
6.2.3.3 In buildings with roofs but no walls,
the roofs
be subjected to pressure from both
inside and outside and the recommendations shall
be as given in 6.2.2.
NOTE 2 - If surface design pressure varies with

height, the surface area of the building/structure mav
be sub-divided so that specified pressures are taken over
appropriate areas.
NOTE3 - Intapered buildinq/structures, the force
coefficients shall be applied aiier sub-dividing the
building/structure into suitable number of strips and the
load on each strip calculated individually, taking the
area of each strip as Ae.
wiil
NOTE 4 - For force coefficients for structures not.

covered above, reference may be made to specialist
literature on the subject or advise may be sought from
specialists in the subject.
36
iS I 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987
TARLE !Z2 =TRRNAL
PRESSURE DISTRIRUTION COEFFICIENTS

SPHERICAL STRUCTURES
( Chse 6.2.2.13 )
1-
REMAIIKS
4-1'0
15
+0.9
30
-to*5
45
-01
60
-0.7
75
--I1
90
- 1.2
105
- 10
120
-0.6
135
-0.2
150
+0*1
165
+0*3
180
+0*4
Ct = 0.5 for Dl;d < 7

= 0.2 for DVa > 7
C, -
6.3.1 Frictional Drag - In certain buildings of

special shape, a force due to .frictional drag shall
be taken into account in addition to those loads
specified in 6.2. For rectangular clad buildings,
this addition is necessary only where the ratio
d
d
or F is greater than 4. The frictional drag
h
force, F, in the direction of the wind is given by
the following formulae:
0.02 for surfaces with corrugations

across the wind direction, and
Cf = 0.04 for surfaces with ribs across the

wind direction.
For other buildings, the frictional drag has
been indicated, where necessary, in the tables of
pressure coefficients and force coefficients.
Ifh<
b,F=C,(d-4h)b@,
s Cr ( d - 4h ) 2 hi&, and
if A > b, F - ;&-j
4b ) bjd
- 4b ) 2 h&.
The first term in each case gives the drag on
the roof and the second on the walls. The value
of Cr has the following values:
C, -
AROdND
6.3.2
Force Corficients for Ciad Buildings
6.3.2.1 Clad buildings of uniform section The overall force coefficients for rectangular clad
b urldmgs of uniform section with Aat roofs in
uniform flow shall be as given in Fig. 4 and for
other clad buildings of uniform section ( without
projections, except-where otherwise sho& ) shall
be as given in Table 23.
0.01 for smooth surfaces without corrugations or ribs across the wind direction,
37
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987
(C)
For F
Arrows
= I,
indicate
use average
direction
FIG. 3
values
of wind.
LARGE OPENINQ IN-BUILDINGS( VALUES OF COEFFICIENTSOF INTERNAL PRESXJRE )

WITM TOP CLOSED
surface varying linearly from a maximum of l-7
6.3.2.2 Buildings of circular shajcs - Force
cross-section
Cr at the up wind edge to 044 Ci at the down
coefficients
for buildings circular
wind edge.
shapes shall be as given in Table 23. However,
more precise estimation of force coefficients for
The wind load on appurtenances and supports
circular shapes of infinite length can be obtained
for hoardings shall be accounted for separately by
from Fig. 5 taking into account the average
using the appropriate net pressure coefficients.
height of surface roughness E. When the length
Allowance shall be made for shielding effects of
is finite, the values obtained from Fig, 5 shall be
one element or another.
reduced by the multiplication factor K ( see also
6.3.2.4 Solid circular shajes mounted on a
Table 25 and Appendix D ).
surface - The force coefficients for solid circular
walls and hoardings - Force
6.3.2.3 Lox
shapes mounted on a surface shall be as given in
coefficients for low walls and hoardings less than
Fig. 6.
15 m high shall be as given in Table 21 provided
6.3.3 Force Coejicients for Unclad Buildings
the height shall be measured from the ground to
the top of the walls or hoarding, and provided
6.3.3.1 General - This section applies to.
that for walls or hoardings above ground the
permanently unclad buildings and to frameworks
clearance between the wall or hoarding and the
of buildings while temporarily unclad. In the case
ground shall be not less than 0.25 times the vertiof buildings whose surfaces are well rounded, such
cal dimension of the wall or hoarding.
as those with elliptic, circular or ovoid crosssections, the total force can be more at wind
To allow for oblique winds, the design shall
speeds much less than the maximum due to
also be checked for net pressure normal to the
38
IS : 875 ( Part
ztransition in the nature of boundary layer OII them.
Although this phenomenon
is well known in the
case of circular cylinders, the same phenomenon
exists in the case of many other well-rounded
:structures, and this possibility must be checked.
6.3.3.2
obstructed, the ratio l/b shall be taken as

infinity for the purpose of determining K_
coefficients for
b) Flat-sided members - Force
wind normal
to the longitudinal
axis of
flat-sided structural
members shall be as
given in Table 26.
Individual members
The force coeficients

are given for two
mutually perpendicular
directions
relative
to a reference
axis on the structural member. They are designated
as CI, and Cft,
give the forces
normal
and transverse,
respectively to the relerence plane as shown
in Table 26.
a) The coefficients
refer to the members of
infinite length. For members of finite length,
the coefficients
should be multiplied by a
factor K that depends
on the ratio I/b
where 1 is the length of the member and
5 is the width across the direction or wind.
Table
25 gives the required
values of K.
The foliowing special cases must be noted
while estimating K.
i)
Normal
both
ends of
member
are
force,
Transverse
Where any member abuts onto a plate or

wall in such a way that free flow of air
around that end of the member is prevented, then the ratio of l/b shall be
doubled fat the purpose of determining
K; and
ii) When
c)
701
F,
force,
C,, pd A1 b
Ft =
Cft pa K 1 b
Circular sections - Force

coefficients
for
members
of circular
section shall be as
given in Table 23 ( seealso Appendix D ).
d) Force coefficients for wires and cables shall

be as given in Table 27 according to the
diamater (D), the design wind speed ( fti)
and the surface roughness.
so
h
-_=a
b
\\I
3 ) - 1987
cf
a/b 4A
4B
FI~J. 4
Values of Cr versus -I
Values
of Cc versus -:
for
for -a
2 1
< 1
FORCE COEFFICIENTBFOR RECTANGULAR CLAC BUILDINGSIN UNIPBRM FLO~V

39
_-_
. ..-.
--
-.-.
IS:873(Part3)-1987
TABLE
23
FORCE
COEFFICIENTS
Cf FOR CLAD BUILDINGS OF UNIFORM
( ACTING IN THE DIRECTION
OF WIND )
[ Clauses 6.3.2.1,6.3.2.2
and 6.3.3.2(c)
1
,!
3pro1/2j
<6
Snzooth
See aim Apppendix c
0'7
--- 1,
>
10
20
05
0.5
05
_j -I
0.8
I
05
.I.
!
05
_I.
c-5
0.6
0.6
-I-02
b/d = 1
r/b i= l/3
08
o-9
10
u-8
09
10
1-l
06
06
06
11
0.8
07
--_
0.4
04
17
1.3
15
08
-_
05
0:8
0.7
08
0.9
10
0.5
05
05
0.5
06
13
--i Ia0
/ 0%
03
0.3
@3
0.3
03
G.6
0.3
--
04
I
0.2
>s
)_
-1.
-<3
0.5
--
-10
O-5
04
--
>
i.3
-0.4
< 10
--_/___
(4
b/d = 1
r\e - lJ6
0.2
-!
08
34
-0
0'7
--
-1
j- O-2
I--r
06
r
!
_-
>8
12
.j<a
oa
09
08
07
Ij-
10
Ellipse
b/d - 2
T
- 1.
I
,
o-5
- i,
< 10
-,-
I
0-i
I
j.
1
>6
1
>6
i--
_-;
Rough or with
projections
Cr POX HEIOET/BEEADTH RATJO
-i-
All surfaces
SECTION
i
,
0.2
0.2
0.2
05
05
0.5
o-9
1.0
-b/d = l/2
r/b = l/6
All
values
05
0.6
06
07
._
-]-
t
i
d
-n
I!
b/d - 2
rib = l/12
All
values
0.9
11
--
( Chlintrcd
40
IS t 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

TABLE 23
P~ax
FORCE COEFFICIENTS Ci FOR CLAD BUILDINGS OF UNIFORM

( ACTING IN THE DIRECTION OF WIND) - Contd
SRAPE
SECTION
Cf FOR HEIGHT/BREADTH RATIO
Vdb
m2;s
p to 1;2
10
20
. I- _/--.-J-_-____
,
I
I
/
0.7
<6
b/d = 2
r/b - l/4
05
>6
-/-
-0
-~
va
0.5
All
values
0.9
10
0.5
12
O-6
16
06
-I-
11
_-
0.5
09
13
15
0'6
06
13
16
:3
16
-i-
05
12
1.1
.-
0.9
I
!
,0.9
_- --
0.5
.I-
09
10
.I_
. _--
l/12
0.5
0.5
_-
0.8
ICC
__...+__/-I
710
r/a =
0.9
05
0.5
08
(10
r/a=113
0.8
_-
.I-
/--I
08
-_
--I
09
0.9
12
1.1
_07
(11
r/b
l/4
O-7
0.8
_-
0.4
04
--
08
0.8
08
0.7
0.7
08
--
0.7
0.4
-I
-I
12
1.4
09
1.0
11
1.3
0.9
10
I.1
13
--
--
0.7
- -
0.5
11
10
_-
-_
0.5
_ _--
--
12
---
O-5
04
__/_
10
09
_-
04
711
-_
0.8
-.__
-/- _I-------
I-
04
04
0.4
05
0.5
0.5
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - R987
TABLE 23
P&AN
FORCE COEFFICIENTS cf FOB CLAD BUILDINGS OF UNIFORM SECTION

( ACTING IN THE DIRECTION
OF WIND ) - Contd
Cr FOR HEI~ET/BREADTH RATIO
Vd
SHAPE
up to l/2
msls
-cl
-0
All
values
14:z~
10
_-----
1.2
20
I---
1.2
1.2
14
16
0.7
08
09
10
cc
--
12-sided
PO1
ygon
<12
07
_-
1.1
512
07
07
0.7
0-Y
0.8
)__-
09
L----d----J
All
values
1.0
10
11
12
1.3
12
14
-0
Hexagan
All
values
10
11
l-2
1.3
14
11
-l-
Octagon
1.3
--
14
15
Structures that, because of their size and design wind velocity, are in the supercritical flow regime may need further
calculation to ensure that the greatest loads do not occur at some wind speed below the maximum when the flow will be
subcritical,
The coefficients
are for buildings
without projections,
In this table Vdb is used as an indication
except where otherwise shown.
of the airflow regime.
42
---
~.____..
18:875(Part3)-1987
@6
Fro. 5
TABLE
14l6
VARIATION
24
FORCE
5 6
8 106-
Cf
OF
COEFFICIENTS
-2
R, ( >3
WITH
FOR LOW
5 6
107
x 10 ) FOR CIRCULAR
WALLS
OR HOARDINGS
L56
SECTIONS
( < 15m HIGH )
( Clause 6.3.2.3 )
t--bl
I
GROUND
ABOVE
ONE
h>,O-25h
Wind normal to face

WIDTH
Wall
EDGE
GRUUND
TO HEIGHT RATIO, b/h
ON
DRAG COEFFICIENT, Cf
Wall on Ground
Above Ground
From
From 05 to 6
1 to 12
l-2
10
20
13
16
32
14
20
40
l-5
40
80
1.75
60
120
18
160 or more
20
80 or more
43
81
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987
SIOE
ELEVATION
DESCRIPTION
OF
CIRCULAR
OISC
SHAPE
HEMISPHERICAL
BOWL
HEMISPHERICAL
BOWL
HEMISPHERICAL
SOLID
SPHERICAL
06
FOR
V,,O<7
O-2
FOR
IdO/
SOLID
FIG.6
FORCE COEFFICIENTSFOR SOLID SHAPES-MOUNTED ON A SURFACE
TABLE 25 REDUCTION FACTOR K FOR INDIVIDUAL

[ Clauses
6.3.2.2md 6.3.3.2(a)
20
40
50
068
0.74
0.82
0.87
098
100
0.80
0.82
O-90
0.98
099
100
100
066
0.69
0.81
0.87
090
o-95
100
10
058
062
Circular
cylinder,
supercritical
flow
( DVd 9 6ma/s )
0.80
Flat plate
perpendiwind
cular
to
( DV,j 2 6m2/s )
0.62
I/b or l/D
Circular
subcritical
cylinder,
Row
MEMBERS
100
C-a
D I 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

cf sub a
TABLE 27 FORCE COEFFICIENTS

FOR
WIRES AND CABLES ( I/D = 100 )
[ Clause 6.3.3.2(d)
(2)
(1)
DVa < 06 me/s
(3)
-
(4)
1.2
09
11
Dvd < 0.6 ml/s
12
12
Dvd 2 cj mjs
0.5
0.7
6.3.3.3 Singleframes - Force coefficients

a single frame having either:
b) all circular members in which all
members of the frame have either:
for
the
i) D va less than 6 ms/s, or

ii) DVa greater than 6 ml/s.
shall be as given in Table 28 according to the
type of the member, the diameter (D), the design
wind speed (v,J) and the solidity ratio (+).
SOLIDITY
RATIO Q
FORCE COEFFICIENTS
SINGLE FRAMES
(2)
01
1.9
(3)
12
TABLE
(1)
0
(4)
0.7
and
29
SHIELDING
FACTOR
MULTIPLE
FRAMES
q FOR
(2)
1.0
(3)
10
(4)
10
___
>a.0
(5)
10
(6)
10
10
0.1
09
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.2
0.8
0.9
10
10
10
03
04
07
0.8
10
10
10
0.6
07
10
1.0
10
05
0.3
0.6
09
10
10
0.6
0.8
o-9
10
03
06
06
0.8
10
0.2
10
1.2
0.8
17
12
0.8
04
I.7
1.1
0.8
05
0.7
05
i.6
1-l
0.8
1.0
075
I.6
I.5
14
100
2.0
20
2.0
Linear interpolation
between values is permitted.
between the values is permitted.
Force coefficients for a single frame not complying with the above requirements
shall be
calculated as follows:
+ (1 - Y) +
where
Amty
EFFECTIVE
FRAME SPACIXGRATIO
SorJnrTY c_--_______*-_-.40RATIO, fl ~05
10
20
*
0.3
Linear interpolation
Bub +
Area of the frame in a

supercritical flow
>
Ae
buildings - This
6.3.3.4 Mu&h
frame
section applies to structures having two or more.
parallel frames where the windward frames may
have a shielding effect upon the~frames to leeward
side. The windward frame and any unshield parts
of other frames shall be calculated in accordance
with 6.3.3.3, but the wind load on the parts of
frames that are sheltered should be multiplied by
a shielding factor which is dependent upon the
solidity ratio of the windward frame, the types of
the members comprising the frame and the spacing ratio of the frames. The values of the shielding
factors are given in Table 29.
FOR
FORCE COEFFICIENTS, Q, FOR

r-___-_--*--_____-~
Circular Sections
Fiat-sided
Members
~--_--~~---~-~
SubcriSupertical flow
critical flow
(DVdC6 ms/s) (Dv&% ma/s)
(1)
&rc
a) all flat sided members, or
28
+ub=
(5)
1.3
QVa 2 06 ma/s
TABLE
force coefficient for the flat

sided members as given in
Table 28,
A clrc sub - effective area of subcritical
circular members,
area of flat-side&
ht
= effective
members,
c t iilbt =
FORCE COEFFICIENT, Cr FOR

~_--_-~-~--_---~
Fine
Thick
ModerSmooth
Stranded
Stranded
ately
Surface
Smooth
Cables
Cables
Wire
(Galvanized or
Painted)
FLOW REW.IE
force coefficient for subcritica)

circular members as given in.
Table 28 or Appendix D,
sub
Where there are more than two frames of

similar geometry and spacing, the wind load on
the third and subsequent frames should be taken
as equal to that on the second frame. The loads.
on the various frames shall be added to obtain
total load on the structure.
a) The frame spacing ratio is equal to the
distance, centre to centre of the frames,
beams or girders divided by the least
overall dimension of the frame, beam or
girder measured at right angles to the
direction of the wind. For triangular framed
structures or rectangular framed structures
diagonal to the wind, the spacing ratio
crflat
C f super = force coefficient for the supercritical circular

members as
given in Table 28 or Appendix D,
46
IS t 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987
should be calculated from the mean distance between the frames in the direction
of the wind.
Force
coefficients for lattice towers of
equilateral-triangle
section with circular
members all in the same flow ragime may
be as given in Table 32.
Effective solidity ratio, p:
b)
p = CJ for flat-sided members.

@ is to be obtained
from Fig.
members of circular cross-sections.
for
TABLE
31 OVERALL
FORCE COEFFICIENT
SQUARE TOWERS
COMPOSED
OF
ROUNDED
MEMBERS
[ Clause 6.3.3.5(d)
SOLIDITY
RATIO OF
FRONT FACE
r-----------
r-__*_-_y
Onto face
(2)
24
(3)
2.5
22
19
17
16
14
23
2.1
(4)
11
12
13
1S
[ Clause 6.3.3.5(e)
6.3.3.5 Lattice
towers
SOLIDITY RATIO
a) Force coefficient for lattice towers of square

or equilateral
triangle section with flatsided members for wind blowing against any
face shall be as given in Table 30.
TABLE 30 OVERALL
TOWERS COMPOSED
b)
14
1.4
14
19
19
Onto
corner
,(5)
12
13
16
16
1.6
16
TABLE 32 OVERALL
FORCE COEFFICIENT
EQUILATERAL-TRIANGULAR
TOWERS
COMPOSED
OF ROUNDED
MEMBERS
FOR ROUND SECTION MEMBERS
--7
RATIO.9
EFFECTIVE SOLIDITY RATIO, p
SOLIDITY RATIO
r---h
Onto
corner
0.1 O-2 0.3 04 05 06 0 7 0 8

SOLIDITY
FIG..~
--~
Supercritical
Flow
( DVd 2 6 d/s
1
Onto face
04
0.5
0
FORCE COEFFICIENT FOR

h-_____
Subcritical
Flow
(Dvd < 6 mr/s)
(1)
005
01
02
03
FOR
(1)
FORCE COEFFICIENT
FOR
OF FLAT-SIDED
MEMBERS
005
FORGE COEEFICIENT BOR

cm-_-_-.-s-s-7
Square Towers
Equilateral Triangular Towers
(1)
0.1
(2)
38
(3)
3.1
02
3.3
27
0.3
2.8
2.3
0.4
23
19
05
21
15
OF FRONT FACE
s+
FOR
FORCE COEFFICIENT FOB

--_-_--_-~
I-------Subcritical
Flow
Supercritcial
Flow
(Dvd < 6 m*/s)
(Dvd < 6 ms/s)
c__-*-_~
r-__A-__y
All wind
All wind
directions
directions
!2)
18
(3)
0.8
01
l-7
0.8
0.2
16
11
03
15
11
04
1.5
11
05
14
12
6.3.3.6
Tower
a@rtenanccs
The wind
loading on tower appurtenances, such as ladders,
conduits, lights, elevators, etc, shall be calculated
using appropriate
net pressure coefficients for
these elements.
Allowance may be made for
shielding effect from other elements.
For square lattice towers with flat-sided

members the maximum load, which occurs
when the wind blows into a corner shall be
taken as 1.2 times the load for the wind
blowing against a face.
For equilateral-triangle
lattice towers with
flat-sided members, the load may be assum ed to be constant for any inclination of
wind to a face.
Force coefficients
for lattice towers of
square section with circular members, all in
the same flow regime, may be as given in
Table 31.
47
7. DYNAMIC
EFFECTS
7.1 General - Flexible slender structures and

structural elements shall be investigated to ascertain the importance of wind induized oscillations
or excitations along and across the direction of
wind.
In general, the following guidelines may be
used for examining the problems of wind induced
oscillations:
a) Buildings and closed structures with a
height to minimum lateral dimension ratio
of more than about 5.0. and
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

tions with a type of motion which is a combination of the individual modes of motion. Such
energy transfer takes place when the natural
frequencies of modes, taken individually,
are
close to each other ( ratio. being typically
less
than 20 ). Flutter can set in at wind speeds
much less than those required for exciting the
individual
modes
of
motion.
Long
span
suspension bridge decks or any member of a
structure with large values of d/t ( where d is
the depth of a structure
or structural
member
parallel to wind stream and t is the least lateral
dimension of a member ) are prone to low speed
flutter.
Wind tunnel testing is required
to.
determine critical flutter speeds and the likely
structural
response. Other types of flutter are
single degree of freedom stall flutter, torsional
flutter, etc.
b) Buildings and closed structures

whose
natural frequency in the first mode -is less
than 1-O Hz.
Any building or structure which does not
satisfy either of the above two criteria shall be
examined for dynamic effects of wind.
may
NOTE 1 - The fundamental time period (I)
either be established by experimental
observations on
similar buildings or calculated by any rational method
of analysis. In the absence of such data, T may be
determined as follows for multi-storeyed
buildings:
For moment .resisting frames without bracing

shear walls for resisting the lateral loads
z-=0*1
where
n = number of storeys
reys; and
or
n
including
basement
sto-
Ovafiing- This walled structures with open ends

at one or both ends such as oil storage tanks,
and natural draught cooling towers in which the
ratio of the diameter of minimum lateral dimension to the wall thickness is of the order of !OO
or more, are prone to ovalling
oscillations.
These oscillations are characterized
by periodic
radial deformation of the hollow structure.
Cl
b) For all others

==
009 H
d/d
where
H - total height
of the main
building in metres, and
structure
of the
NATE 7 -Buildings
and structures that may be
subjected to serious wind excited oscillations require
careful investigation. It is to be noted that wind induced oscillations may occur at wind speeds lower than the
static design wind speed for the location.
d = maximum base dimension of building in

metrcs in a direction parallel to the applied
wind force.
studies indicate
that
NOTE 2 - If preliminary
wind-induced oscillations are likely to be rignificant,
investigations should be persuade with the aid of analytical methods or, if necessary, by means oi wind tunnel
tests on models.
NOTE8 - Analytical methods for the response of

dynamic structures to wind loading can be found in the
following publications:
i) Engineering Science Data, Wind Engineering
Sub-Series ( 4 volumes ), London, ESDU International.
ii) Wind Engineering in the Eighties, Construction Industry Research and Information
Association, 1981, London.
iii) Wind Effects on Structures
by E. Simiu and
R.H.
Scanlan,
New York,
John Wiley and
Sons, 1978.
NOTE3 - CrossLwind motions may by due to

lateral gustiness of the wind, unsteady wake flow (for
shedding ), negative
aerodynamic
example,
vortex
damping or to a combination
of these effects. These
cross-wind motions, can become critical in the design of
tall buildings/structures.
NOTE 4 - Motions in the direction of wind (known
also as buffeting) are caused by fluctuating wind force
associated with gusts. The excitations depend on gust
energy available at the resonant frequency.
iv) Supplement to the National

Building Code of
Canada. 1980. NRCC, No. 17724, Ottawa, National Research Council of Canada, 1980.
NOTE 5 - The wake shed from an upstream body

may intensify motions in the direction of the wind, and
may also affect crosswind motions.
v) Wind forces on structures

gamon press.
designer must be aware of the

NOTE6 -The
following three forms of wind induced motion which
are characterized by increasing amplitude of oscillation
with the increase of wind speed.
Sachs. Per-
vi) Flow induced vibration by Robert D. Clevins,

Van Nostrand Reinfold Co.
vii) Appropriate Indian Standards ( see 1.1.3 ).
NOTE 9 - In assessing wind loads due to such dynamic phenomenon as galloping, flutter and ovalling, if
the required information is not available either in the
references of Note 8 or other literature, specialist advise
shall be sought, including experiments
on models in
wind tunnels.
a) Galloping - Galloping is transverse oscillations

of some structures due to the development of
aerodynamic forces which are in phase with the
motion. It is characterized by the progressively
increasing amplitude
of transverse
vibration
with increase of wind speed. The cross-section
which are particularly
prone to this type of
excitation include the following:
i) All structures with non-circular cross-sections,
such as triangular, square, polygons, as well
as angles, crosses, and T-sections,
ii) Twisted cables and cables with ice encrustations.
by Peter
7.2 Motion
7.2.1
Due to Vortex
Shedding
For a structure, the

shedding frequency, 3 shall be determined by the
following formula:
b) Flutter - Flutter is unstable oscillatory

motion
of a structure due to coupling between aerodynamic force and elastic deformation
of the
structure. Perhaps the most common form is
oscillatory motion due to combined bending
and torsion. Although oscillatory
motions in
each degree of frebdom may be damped, instability can set in due to energy transfer from one
mode of oscillation to another, and the structure
is seen to execute sustained or divergent oscilla-
Slender Structures -
where
S = Strouhal number,
v#j = design wind velocity, and
b = breadth of a structure or structural
members in the horizontal plane
normal to the wind direction.
48
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

a)
Circular Structures -
For structures
circular
in cross-section:
S = 0.20 for bV, not greater than 7,
and
= 0.25 for bV, greater than 7.
b) Rectangular
Structures - For
rectangular cross-section:
8.2.1 Variation of Hourb Mean Wind Speed with

The variation of hourly mean wind
speed with height shall cbe calculated as follows:
Height -
structures
Vz =
of
P, = hourly mean wind speed in m/s,

at height e;
S = O-15 for all values of b V,.
vb = regional basic wind speed in m/s

(see Fig. 1 );
kl = probability factor ( see 5.3.1 );
NOTE 1 - Significant cross wind motions may be

produced by vortex shedding if the natural frequency
of the structure or structural element is equal to the
frequency of the vortex shedding within the range of
expected wind velocities. In such cases, further analysis
should be carried out on the basis of references given in
Note 8 of 7.1.
welded steel chimney stacks
NOTE 2 - Unlined
and similar structures are prone to excitation by vortex
shedding.
NOTE 3 - Intensification of the effects of periodic
vortex shedding has been reported in cases where two
or more similar structures are located in close proximity. for example, at less than 20 b apart, where b is
the dimension of the structure normal to the wind.
NOTE 4 - The formulae given in 7.2.1(a) and (b)
are valid for infinitely long cylindrical structures. The
value of Sdecreases
slowly as the ratio of length to
maximum
transverse width decreases; the reduction
being up to about half the value, if the structure is only
three times higher than its width. Vortex shedding
need not be considered if the ratio of length to maximum transverse width is less than 20.
Vb h ha ks
where
& = terrain and height

Table 33 ); and
A-sTABLE
factor
( see
topography factor ( see 5.3.3 ).
33 HOURLY
MEAN WIND SPEED FACTOR
Xs IN DIFFERENT
TERRAINS
FOR
DIFFERENT
HEIGHTS
( Cluuses 8.2 and 8.2.1 )
HEIQ~T
m
r--------Category
T~RRA.IN
- ----1 Category 2 Category
---7
Category 4
(1)
(4
up to 10
078
(3)
067
(4)
050
(5)
024
0.24
15
0.82
O-72
055
20
085
075
059
024
30
50
088
0.93
079
085
064
034
070
045
8. GUST FACTOR ( GF ) OR GUST EFFECTIVENESS FACTOR ( GEF ) METHOD
100
099
0.92
0.79
0.57
150
103
096
0.81
064
8.1 Application - Only the method of calculating load along wind or drag load by using gust
factor method is given in the code since methods
for calculating load across-wind or other components are not fully matured for all types of structures. However, it is permissible for a designer to
use gust factor method to calculate all components of load on a structure using any available
theory. However, such a theory must take into
account the random nature of atmospheric wind
speed.
200
1.06
100
0.88
0.68
250
l-08
1.02
0.91
0.72
300
109
1.04
093
o-74
NOTE - It may be noted that investigations for

various types of wind induced oscillations outlined in 7
are in no way related to tRe use of gust factor method
given in 8 although the study of 7 is needed for using
gust factor method.
Hourly Mean Wind - Use of the existing

theories of gust factor method require a knowledge of maximum wind speeds averaged over one
hour at a particular location. Hourly mean wind
speeds at different heights in different terrains is
given in Table 33.
350
111
106
095
077
400
112
1.07
097
079
450
1.13
108
0.98
081
500
114
109
o-99
0.82
8.3 Along Wind Load - Along wind load on a

structure on a strip area ( A, ) at any height (2)
is given by:
F z- - Ci A, j& G
where
F,
8.2
NOTE - It must also be recognized that the ratio

of hourly mean wind [ HMW ) to peak speed given in
Table 33 may not be obtainable in India since extreme
wind occurs mainly due to cyclones and thunderstorms,
unlike in UK and Canada where the mechanism is
fully developed pressure system. However Table 33
may be followed at present for the estimation of the
hourly mean wind speed till more reliable values
become available.
49
= along
wind load on the structure at

any height z corresponding to strip area
&
Ct = force coefficient for the building,

A e = effective frontal area considered for the
structure at height c,
design
pressure at height z due to hourly
Pz =
mean wind obtained as 0.6 vzs ( N/ma ),
G
and
given by:
G=
1 +gfr
B (l+b)
+ $1
is
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987
where
&
S = size reduction
=
peak factor defined as the ratio of the

expected peak value to the root mean
value of afluctuating
load, and
Y = roughness factor which is dependent

the size of the structure
in relation
the ground roughness.
on
to
/3=
factor indicating
a measure
of slowly varying component
of fluctuating wind load
and is obtained
from
Fig. 9,
measure
of the resonant
fluctuating
component
damping
coefficient
( as a fraction
of
critical damping ) of the structure
( see
Table 34 ), and
grr 04
d=
wind load,
Fro
and
is to
be accounted
HEIGHT,m
VALUES
OF&r
AND
L (h)
0.8
0.6
0.01
-02
-04
.06
.l
.2
.3
.L
.5
.f!
CZh/L(h)
F1o.9
only
for buildings
less than 75 m high in
terrain Category 4 and for buildings
.less
than 25 m high in terrain Cateiory
3,
and is to be taken as zero in all other
cases.
of the
BUILDING
10 ),
of available energy in the wind

stream at the natural
frequency
of the
structure ( see Fig. 11 ),
B = background
SE
P
( see Fig.
E = measure
The, value of (gfr is given in Fig. 8,
-e
factor
BACKGROUND
50
FACTOR
810
IS t 875 ( Part
W
$
0
c
LI
Q
lL
3 ) - 1987
0.2
0.15
0 .!
0.05
O.OL
0.03
0.02
gJ
2
0.01
fo L(h:/vh
Fro. 11 GUST ENERGYFACTOR, E

In figures 8 to 11,
TABLE
34
SUGGESTED
VALUES
COEFFICIENT
OF DAMPING
( Clause 8.3 )
where
c,
N ATUBE 0~
= lateral correlation constant which may

be taken as 10 in the absence of more
precise load data,
Ca = longitudinal
correlation
constant
which may be taken as 12 in the
absence of more precise load data,
b = breadth of a structure
wind stream,
normal to the
h = height of a structure,
.pb = v, = hourly mean wind speed at height t,
f,, = natural frequency of the structure, and
Lul) = a measure of turbulence

( see Fig. 9 ).
length scale
DAMPING
COEFFICIENT, @
STRIJCTURE
(2)
(1)
Welded
steel structures
0010
Bolted steel structures
0020
Reinforced
0016
concrete structures
8.3.1 The peak acceleration along the wind

direction at the top of the structure is given by
the following formula:
where
z== mean
deflection
at
where the acceleration
the
position
is required.
Other notations are same as given

in 8.3.
52
IS t 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987
APPENDIX
( Clause 5.2 )
BASIC WIND SPEED
City/Town
AT 10 m HEIGHT
FOR SOME IMPORTANT
Basic Wind Seed ( m/s )
City/Town
CITIES/TOWNS
Basic Wind Speed ( m/s )
Agra
47
Jhansi
47
Ahmadabad
39
Jodhpur
47
Ajmer
47
Kanpur
47
Almora
47
Kohima
Amritsar
47
Kurnool
44
39
39
Asansol
47
Lakshadweep
Aurangabad
39
Lucknow
47
Bahraich
47
Ludhiana
47
Bangalore
33
Madras
50
Barauni
47
Madurai
39
Bareilly
47
Mandi
39
Bhatinda
47
39
Mangalore
39
47
Bhopal
Bhubaneshwar
39
Mysore
33
50
Nagpur
44
Bhuj
50
Bikaner
47
Nainital
Nasik
47
39
Bokaro
Bombay
47
44
Nellore
Panjim
50
39
Calcutta
Calicut
Chandigarh
50
39
47
Pondicherry
50
Coimbatore
39
Port Blair
44
Cuttack
Darbhanga
Darjeeling
50
55
Pune
Raipur
39
39
Rajkot
39
Ranchi
Roorkee
R ourkela
Simla
Srinagar
Surat
39
39
39
39
39
44
47
39
47
44
47
50
50
Bhilai
47
Dehra Dun
47
Delhi
47
Durgapur
47
Gangtok
Gauhati
47
Gaya
Gorakhpur
39
47
Hyderabad
50
Moradabad
Patiala
47
Patna
47
Imphal
44
47
Jabalpur
47
Jaipur
Ja.mshedpur
47
Tiruchchirrappalli
Trivandrum
Udaipur
Vadodara
Varanasi
Vi jaywada
47
Visakhapatnam
53
IS a 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987
APPENDIX
B
[ Clau.se5.3.2.4(b)(ii) ]
CHANGES IN TERRAIN
B-1. LOW TO HfGH
CATEGORIES
NUMBER
determined in accordance with the rougher

( more distant ) terrain; and
B-l.1 In cases of transition from a low category

number ( corresponding to a low terrain roughness ) to a higher category number ( corresponding to a rougher terrain ), the velocity profile
over the rougher terrain shall be determined as
follows:
b) Below
height h,, the velocity shall be taken

as the lesser of the following:
i) that determined in accordance
less rough terrain, and
ii) the velocity at height h, as determined.

in relation to the rougher terrain.
a) Below height h,, the velocities shall be

determined
in relation
to the rougher
terrain; and
NOTE - Examples of determination of velocity

profiles in the vicinity of a change in terrain category
are shown in Fig. 12A and 12B.
b) Above height h,, the velocities shall be

determined in relation to the less rough
( more distant ) terrain.
B-2.
HIGH
B-3. MORE THAN
TO LOW NUMBER
x,=FETCH,h,
= HEIGHT
e PROFILE
FOR
O&E CATEGORY
B-3.1 Terrain changes involving more than one

category shall be treated in similar fashion to
that described in B-1 and B-2.
B-2.1 In cases of transition from a more rough to

a less rough terrain, the velocity profile shall be
determined as follows:
a) Above height h,, the velocities shall be
-..,.
with the
NOTE- Examplesinvolvingthree terrain categoriesare shownin Fig. 12C.

CATEGORY
FOR CATEGORY6
-----.
PROFILE
FOR
DESIGN
PROFILE
CATEGORY
AT A
WIND
DIRECTION
CATEGORY
12A
Determination
of Velocity Profile Near a Change in Terrain Category
x2=FETCH,
h2=HEIGHT
..--..PROFILE
- ---
PROFILE
-DESIGN
FOR
CATEGORY
FOR
CATEGORY
.4
FOR
CATEGORY
PROFILE
AT
( less rough to more rough )
L
I
I
I
WIND
DIRECTION
/
CATEGORY
128
Determination
Fro. 12
of Velocity
I--
A
x2 -*
CATEGdRY
PioRle Near a Change in Terrain Category (more rough to less rough)
VELOCITY PROFILEIN THE VICIIVITYOF A CHANGE IN TERRAIN CATEGORY
54
Co&
ISt875(Part3)-1387
q,=FETCH,
x,=FETCH,
h&-HEIGHT
FOR
h,=HEIGHT
4
1
. . . .. . . . VELOCITY
PROFILE
FOR
CATEGORY
---__
VELOCITY
PROFILE
FOR
CATEGORY
VELOCITY
PROFILE
FOR
CATEGORY
_._.
DESIGN
Determination of Design
Profile
PROFILE
VELOCITY
VELOCITY
VELOCITY
12C
CATEGORY
FOR CATEGORY
Involving
More
Than
One Change in Terrain Category
FIG. 12 VELOCITYPROFILEIN THE VICINITYOF A CHANGE IN TERRAIN CATEGORY
APPENDIX
C
( Clause5.3.3.1 )
EFFECT
OF A CLIFF OR ESCARPMENT
ON EQUIVALENT
ABOVE GROUND ( kJ FACTOR )
HEIGHT
< - effective height of the feature, and

The influence of the topographic feature is
considered to extend l-5 L, upwind add 2.5 Le
6 = upwind slope in the wind direction.
downwind of the summit of crest of the feature
If the zone downwind from the crest of the
where L, is the effective horizontal length of the
feature is relatively flat ( 8 < 3 ) for a distance
hill depending on slope as indicated below ( SCG exceeding L,, then the feature should be treated
Fig. 13 ):
as an escarpment. If not, then the feature should
be treated as a hill or ridge. Examples of typical
features are given in Fig. 13.
NOTE 1 - No difference is made, in evaluating k,
C-l.
between a three
ridge.
hill and two dimensional
undulating
terrain,
it is often not
NOTE 2 -In
possible to decide whether the local topography to the
site is significant in therms of wind flow. In such cases,
the average value of the terrain upwind of the site for
a distance of 5 km should be taken as the base level
from wind to assess the height, z, and the upwind slope
8, of the feature.
where
L = actual length of the upwind
the wind direction,
dimensional
slope in
55
C-2. TOPOGRAPHY
The topography
following:
ks -
FACTOR,
ks
kB is given by the
factor
I+
C-2.1 The factor, s, should be determined from:
es
a) Figure 14 for cliffs and escarpments, and
where C has the following values:

Slope
3 < 8 (
C
17O
> 170
level and the distance, X, from the summit or

crest rektive to the effective length, LB.
1.2
b) Figure 15 for hills and ridges.
( z >
0.36
and s is a factor derived in accordance with C-2.1

appropriate to the height, H above mean ground
13A
General
NOTE- Where the downwind

alope of a hill or
ridge is greater than 3, there will be large regions of
reduced
acceleratioos
or even shelter and it is not
posrible to give general design rules to cater for these
circumstances.
Values of s from Fig. 15 may be used as
upper bound values.
Notations
CREST
WIND
DOWNWIND
136
SLOPE
Cliff and Escarpment
WIND
CREST
13C
FIG. 13
Hill and Ridge
TOPOGRAPHICAL DIMENSIONS
,3
Is : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

CREST
UPWIND
CREST
__
DOWNWIND
x
Le
Fro.14
FACTOR JFOR CLIFF AND ESCARPMENT
CREST
CREST
0.5
UPWIND
21
Le
x
LI
FIG. 15
1.0
1.5
DOWNWIND
2.0
2.5
2
LC
FACTOR JFOR RIDGE AND HILL
APPENDIX
D
[ Clauses6.3.2.2, 6.3.3.2(c) and 6.3.3 3(b) ]
WIND FORCE
ON CIRCULAR
SECTIONS
wind speeds likely to be encountered. However,

for objects of circular cross-section, it varies considerably.
D-1. The wind force on any object is given by:
F = Ct &AI
where
ci e force coefficient,
A, P effective area of the object normal to
the wind direction, and
Pa p: design pressure of the wind.
For a circular section, the force coefficient

depends upon the way in which the wind flows
around it andis dependent upon the velocity and
kinematicviscosity of the wind and diameter of
the section. The force coefficient is usually quoted
against a non-dimensional parameter, called the
Reynolds number, which takes account of the
For most shapes, the force coefficient remains

approximately constant over the whole range of
57
IS I 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

veloci:y and viscosity of the flowing medium ( in
this case the wind ), and the member diameter.
DVa
Reynolds number, R, = I
where
D = diameter of the member,

Vd y -
FIG. 17
design wind speed, and

kinematic
viscosity of the air which
is 146 X lO_sms s at 15C and standard
atmospheric pressure.
As a
drop at
followed
increased
Since in most natural environments likely to

be found in India, the kinematic viscosity of the
it is convenient to use
air is fairly constant,
D Vd as the parameter instead of Reynolds numbers and this has been done in this code.
WAKE IN SURERCRITICALFLOW
result, the force coefficient shows a rapid

a critical value of Reynolds number,
by a gradual rise as Reynolds number is
still further.
The variation of Cr with parameter DVd is

shown in Fig. 5 for infinitely long circular cylinders having various values of relative surface
roughness ( t/D ) when subjected to wind having
an intensity and scale of turbulence typical of
built-up urban areas. The curve for a smooth
cylinder
( t/D ) = 1 x 10-s in a steady airstream, as found in a low-turbulence wind tunnel,
is shown for comparison.
The dependence of a circular sections force

coefficient or Reynolds number is due to the
change in the wake developed behind the body.
At a low Reynolds number, the wake is as
shown in Fig. 16 and the force coefficient is typically 1.2. As Reynolds number is increased, the
wake gradually changes to that shown in Fig. 17,
that is, the wake width d, decreases and the
separation point, S, moves from front to the back
of tbe body.
It can be seen that the main effect of freestream turbulence is to decrease the critical value
of the parameter D V a. For subcritical flows, turbulence can produce a considerable reduction
in Cr below the steady air-stream values. For
supercritical flows, this effect becomes significantly
smaller.
If the surface of the cylinder is deliberately
roughened such as by incorporating flutes, rivetted construction, etc. then the data given in Fig. 5
for appropriate value of t/D > 0 shall be used.
FIG. 16
WAKE IN SUBCRITICAL
NOTE - In case of uncertainty regarding the value

of c to be used for small roughnesses,
c/D shall be
ta4en a5 0001.
FLOW
58
.,

harmonious development of the activities of standardization, marking-and quality certification of goods and
attending to.connected matters in the country.
Copyright
of BIS Handbook and Standards Monthly Additions
Amendments
Amend No.
Issued Since Publication
Date of Issue
Text Affected

Headquarters:
Telephones: 323 0131,323 33 75,323 94 02
Regional Offices:
Central
Telephone
: Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg
3237617,3233841
NEW DELHI 110002

Eastern
: l/14 C.I.T. Scheme VII M, V.I.P. Road, Maniktola
CALCUITA
Northern
{ 337 84
86 99,337 85
9120
61
26,337
700054
: SC0 335-336, Sector 34-A, CHANDIGARH
160022
{ 60 38
20 43
25
Southern
: C.I.T. Campus, IV Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113
{ 235 02
15 19,235
16,235 04
23 42
15
Western
: Manakalaya, E9 MIDC, Marol, Andheri (East)
832 92 95,832 78 58
832 78 91,832 78 92
MUMBAI 400093
Branches
: AI-IMADABAD.
BANGALORE. BHOPAL. BHUBANESHWAR.

COIMBATORE.
FARIDABAD.
GHAZIABAD:
GUWAHATI.
HYDERABAD.
JAIPUR. KANPUR. LUCKNOW. NAGPUR.
PATNA.
PUNE. THIRUVANANTHAPURAM.
Printed at Dee Kay Printers, New Delhi, India
IS I 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987
CONTENTS
Page
j
3
5
5
6
AMENDMENT
NO. 1 DECEMBER
1997
TO
IS 875 ( Part 3 ) : 1987 CODE OF PRACTICE FOR
DESIGN LOADS (OTHER THAN EARTHQUAKE) FOR
BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES
PART 3
7
7
7
8
WIND LOADS
8
8
( Second Revision )
( Page 15, Tabk 4, first column ) -
8
Substitute
12
h
It
- 26 for - P CD
12
13
( Page 40, Tablz 23, first rfolumn, first row ) Appendix D for See alsoAppendix C.
(
Page 47, Table 32, coZ2 ) -
Substitute
See also
13
13
Substitute
13
DVd 2 6 m2/s7 for Dvd 4 6 ~1~1s.
13
13
27
36
(CED37)
37
37
38
47
47
48
48
49
49
49
19
*9
Printed at Dee Kay Printers, New Delhi-110015,
India.
53
54
j5
57
AMENDMENT
NO. 2 MARCH 2002

TO
IS S75 ( PART 3 ) :1987
DESIGN LOADS (OTHER THAN EARTHQUAKE) FOR
BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES
PART
WIND LOADS
(Second Revision )
Substitute VZ for Vd at all places.
( Tables 5,6,7
and 8 ) Insert the following Note at the end of each table
NOTE W and L are overall length and width including overhangs, w and / are
dimensionsbetween the walls excluding overhangs.
( Tables 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14, first column) Substitute the following
matter in the Iast row for the specific values of 6 given therein:
for all values of (3

[ Page 27, clause 6.2.2.7(a)] Insert at the end downwards.
[ Page 27, clause 6.2.2.8(a)] Substitute -O.8~or 0.8.
[ Page 27, clause 6.2.2.8(b)] Substitute -O.5~or 0.5.

( Page 27, clause 6.2.2.9) Substitute P= 0.785 D2 (Cpi - CpC)pd for the
existing formula.
( Page 32, Table 19) Substitute P= 0.785 D2 (WI - C@pd for the existing
formula.
( Page 46, Table 27, third row) Substitute CDVd <6
( Page 46, Table 28,CO12, second row) Substitute
m2Ls fQrthe
1.8
existing.
for 1.0.
( Page 46, clause 6.3.3.3, formula, last line) Substitute
( Area.of the frame in a supercritical flow )

Y =
for the existing.

Ae
[ Page 47, clause 7.l(a), third line] Substitute or for and.

1
...
Amend No. 2 to 1S 875 ( Part 3 ) :1987

[ Page 48, clause 7.l(b),first line ] Delete clcxs4;
( Page 48, clause 7.1, fourth and fifih line )
not satisfy.
Substitute
satisfies
for does
( Page 55, clause C-1, second line) Substitute and for add.
( Page 56, clause C-2, last line) Insert ~,between crest and relative.
( Page 56, Fig. 13A) Substitute the following figure for the existing:
WIND
5
.,+$)
A
2
r
&
f/
,->
5km
w
-W LWW IND
13A
+ w DOWNWIND
GeneralNotetlons
( Page 56, Fig. 13B ) Substitute Hill and Ridge

for Cliff and
Escarpment.
( Page 56, Fig. 13C ) Substitute Cliff and Escarpment,for Hill and
Ridge.
( Page 58, clause D-1, eighth line) Substitute m2/s~or m2s
( CED 57 )
ReprographyUnir, BIS, New Delhi, India
Indian Standard
IS : 875 ( Part 4 ) - 1987

( Reaffirmed 1997 )
CODE OF PRACTICE,FOR
DESIGN LOADS ( OTHER THAN EARTHQUAKE )
PART 4 SNOW LOADS
(Second
Revision)
.
Fourtll Rcprjnt OCTOBER 1997
UDC 624.042-42 : 006.7
@ Copyright 1988
BUREAU
OF
INDIAN
STANDARDS
MANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG

NEW DELHI 110002
Gr 4
October 1988
IS:875(Bart4)-1987
fndian Standard
CODEOFPRACTICE FOR
DESIGNLOADS(OTHERTHANEARTHQUAKE)
FORBUILDINGSAND STRUCTURES r.
PART 4 SNOW LOADS
(Second Revision)
0. F O R E W O R D
0.1 This Indian Standard ( Part4 ) ( Second
Standards on 9 November 1987, after the draft
finalized by the Structural Safety Sectional
Committee had been approved by the Civil
Engineering Division Council.
committee in consultation with the Indian Meteorological Department. In addition to this, new
clauses on wind loads for butterfly type structures
were included; wind pressure coefficients for
sheeted roofs, both curved and sloping, were
modified; seismic load provisions were deleted
( separate code having been prepared ) and metric
system of weights and measurements was adopted.

satisfactorily. Amongst these functions are the
occupancy. structural safety, fire safety; and
compliance with hygienic, sanitation, ventilation
and daylight standards. The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements
prescribed for each of the above functions. The
minimum requirements pertaining to the structural
safety of buildings are being covered in this Code
by way of laying down minimum design loads which
have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads,
wind loads, snow loads and other external loads,
the structure would be required to bear. Strict
conformity to loading standards recommended in
this Code, it is hoped, will not only ensure the
structural safety of the buildings which are being
designed and constructed in the country and
thereby reduce the hazards to life and property
caused by unsafe structures, but also eliminate the
wastage caused by assuming unnecessarily heavy
loadings. Notwithstanding what is stated regarding
the structural safety of buildings, the application of
the provisions should be carried out by competent and responsible structural designer who would
satisfy himself that the structure designed in
accordance with this code meets the desired
performance requirements when the same is
carried out according to specifications.
0.3.1 With the increased adoption of the Code,

a number of comments were received on the provisions on live load values adopted for different
occupancies. Simultaneously live loads surveys
have been carried out in America, Canada and
other countries to arrive at realistic live loads
based on actual determination of loading( movable and immovable ) in different occupancies.
Keeping this in view and other developments in
the field of wind engineering, the Sectional Committee responsible for the preparation of this
standard has decided to prepare the second
revision in the following five parts:
Part 1 Dead Loads
Part 2 Imposed Loads
Part 3 Wind Loads
Part 4 Snow Loads
Part 5 Special Loads and Load Combinations
Earthquake load is covered in IS : 1893-1984*
which should be considered along with the above
loads.
0.3.2 This part ( Part 4 ) deals with snow loads
on roofs of buildings.
The committee responsible for the preparation of the code while reviewing the available
snow-fall data, felt the paucity of data on which
to make specific recommendations on the depth
of ground snow load for different regions effected
by snow-fall, In due course the characteristic
0.3 This Code was first published in 1957 for the

guidance of civil engineers, designers and architects associated with the planning and design of
buildings. It included the provisions for the
basic design loads ( dead loads, live loads, wind
loads and seismic loads ) to be assumed in the
design of buildings. In its first revision in 1964,
the wind pressure provisions were modified on
the basis of studies of wind phenomenon and its
effects on structures undertaken by the special
*Criteria for earthquake resistant designing of struetrues (fourth revision ).

1
IS:875(Part4)-1987
Basis for design of structures - Determination
of snow loads on roofs, issued by the International Organization for Standardization.
snow load on ground for different regions will

be included based on studies.
0.4 This part is based on IS0 4355-198 1 ( E )
where
1. SCOPE
s = design snow load in Pa on plan area

of roof,
p = shape coefficient ( see 4), and
1.1 This standard (Part 4) deals with snow loads

on roofs of buildings. Roofs should be designed
for the actual load due to snow or for the &posed
loads specified in Part 2 Imposed loads, whichever
is more severe.
so = ground snow load in Pa

( 1 Pa = lN/ma ).
NOTE - Ground snow load at any place depends on
the critical combinati.m of the maximum depth of un-
NOTB - Mountainous regions in northern parts of

India are subjected to snow-fall.
In India, parts of Jammu and Kashmir ( Baramulah
District, Srinagar District, Anantnag District and
Ladakh District ); Punjab, Himachal Pradesh
( Chamba, Kulu, Kinnaur District, Mahasu District,
Mandi District, Sirmur District and Simla District );
and Uttar Pradesh ( Dehra Dun District, Tehri Garhwal
District, Almora District and Nainital District ) experience snow-fall of varying depths two to three times in
disturbed aggregate cumulative snow-fall and its

average density. In due course the characteristic snow
load on ground for different regions will be included
based on studies. Till such time the users of this
standard are advised to contanct either Snow and
Avalanches Study Establishment ( Defence Research
and Development Organization ) Manali ( HP) or
Indian Meteorological Department ( IMD ), Pune in
the absence of any specific information for any
location.
a year.
2. NOTATIONS
4. SHAPE COEFFICIENTS
p ( Dimensionless) - Nominal values of the

shape coefficients, taking into account snow
drifts, sliding snow,
etc, with subscripts, if
necessary.
Ij ( in metres )
- Horizontal dimensions
with numerical subscripts, if necessary.
hj ( in metres )
- Vertical
dimensions
with numerical subscripts, if necessary.
.
fii (in degrees)
- Roof slope.
so (in pascals )
- Snow load on ground.
SI
- Snow load on roofs.
( in pascals )
4.1 General Principles

In perfectly calm weather, falling snow would
cover roofs and the ground with a uniform blanket
of snow and the design snow load could be considerd as .a uniformly distributed load. Truly uniform loading conditions, however, are rare and
have usually only been observed in areas that are
sheltered on all sides by high trees, buildings, etc.
In such a case, the shape coefficient would be
equal to untiy.
In most regions, snow falls are accompanied
or followed by winds. The winds will redistribute
the snow and on some roofs, especially multilevel roofs, the accumulated drift load may reach
a multiple of the ground load. Roofs which are
sheltered by other buildings, vegetation, etc, may
collect more snow load than the ground level.
The phenomenon is of the same nature as that
illustrated for multilevel roofs in 4.2.4.
So far sufficient data are not available to determine the shape coefficient in a statistical basis.
Therefore, a nominal value is given. A representative sample of rcof is shown in 4.2. However, in
special cases such as strip loading, cleaning of the
roof periodically by deliberate heating of the roof,
etc, have to be treated separately.
3. SNOW LOAD IN ROOF (S)

3.1 The minimum design snow load on a roof
area or any other area above ground which is
subjected to snow accumulation is obtained by
multiplying the snow load on ground, s, by the
shape coefficient CL, as applicable to the particular
roof area considered.
The distribution of snow in the direction

parallel to the eaves is assumed to be uniform.
S=c(S0
4.2 Shape Coefficients for Selected Types of Roofs

Simple Pitched Roofs
(Positive Roof Slope)*
Simple Flat and

Monopitch Roofs
4.2.1
t+.= p, =O.%
t'2~=0.8+04(~)
p, = 0.8
jL, =0*8
Simple or Multiple Pitched Roofs

(Negative Roof Slope)
4.2.2
Two-Span or Multispan
Roofs
o*<p<3l
Pl**
3&#<6
49>60*
pp1-6
m-0
For.asymmetrical simple Pitched roofs, each side of the roof shall be treated as me half of corresponding
symmetwal roofs.
Is:875(Partl)-1987
4.2.3 Simple Curved Roofs
The following cases 1 and 2 must be examined:
CASE 2
Restriction:
h<F3
a-OifB>60
Is:875(Part4)-1987
4.2.4 Multilevel Roofs*
91 = 08
Bs = Ps + Pa
where
A - due to sliding
pw - due to wind
=
1, 2ht but is restricted as follows:
SmCls<lSm
11 + f, < kh
PW=T SO
with the restriction 0.8 < pw ( 40

where
is in metres
is in kilopascals ( kilonewtons per square metre )
so
k =2kN/m8
h
p > 19 : ps is determined from an additional load amounting to SO percent of the maximum total load on the
adjacent slope of the upper roofs, and is distributed linearly as shown on the figure.
B < 15 : ps = 0
*A more extensive formula for pw is described in Appendix A.
tlf 1~ < I,. the coe5cient p is determined by interpolation between JJ, and ps.
SThe load on the upper roof is calculated according to 4.2.1 or 4.2.2.
4.25 Complex Multilevel Roofs
1, - 2h1: h - 2h,: p1 - 08
Restriction:
Sm< I,< Urn;

Sm<b<lSm;
11 and BW ( ccl + @W ), are calculated according to 4.2.1,4.2.2 and 4.2.4.
I.S:875(Part4)-1987
4.2.6 Roofs with Local Projections and Obstructions
where
/I is in metres
sO is in kilopascals (kilonewtons per square metre)
k I= 2 kN/ma
/I1 = 0.8
1=2/l
Kestrictions:
08 < /Ia < 2-O
Sm41615m
4.3 Shape Coefficients in Areas Exposed to Wind
a) Winter calm valleys in the mountains where some-
The shape coefficients given in 4.2 and Appendix A may be reduced by 25 percent provided the
designer has demonstrated that the following conditions are fulfilled:
4 The building is located in an exposed
location such as open level terrain with
only scattered buildings, trees or other
obstructions so that the roof is exposed
to the winds on all sides and is ndt
likely to become shielded in the future
by obstructions higher than the roof
within a distance from the building equal
to ten times the height of the obstruction
above the roof level;
b) The roof does not have any significant
projections such as parapet walls which
may prevent snow from being blown off
the roof.
NOTE - In some areas, winter climate may not be
of such a nature as to produce a significant reduction
of roof loads from the snow load on the ground. These
areas are:
times layer after layer of snow accumulates on

roofs without any appreciable removal of snow by
wind; and
b) Areas (that is, high temperature) where the maximum snow load may be the result of single snowstorm, occasionally without appreciable wind
removal.
In such areas, the determination of the shape coefficients shall be based on local experience with due
regard to the likelihood of wind drifting and sliding.
5. ICE LOAD ON WIRES

5.1 Ice loads are required to be taken into account
in the design of overhead electrical-transmission
and communication lines, over-head contact lines
for electric traction, aerial masts and similar
structures in zones subjected to ice formation.
The thickness of ice deposit alround may be taken
to be between 3 and 10 mm depending upon the
location of the structure. The mass density of
ice may be assumed to be equal to O-9 g/cm.
While considering the wind force on wires and
cables, the increase in diameter due to ice formation shall be taken into consideration.
IS:875(Part4)-1987
APPENDIX
( Clauses 42.4 and 4.3 )

SHAPE COEFFICIENTS FOR MULTILEVEL ROOFS
A more comprehensive formula for the shape coefficient for multilevel roofs than that
given in 4.2.4 is as follows:
-OIRECTIONS
WIN0
Pr
-1+ + ( ml iI + mI 1, )( 1, - 2 h )
Cl = 08
i,=hh
fh and I being in metres)
Restriction :
where
so is in kilopascals (kilonewtons per square metre)
k is in newtons per cubic metre
I,< ISm
Values of m, ( mr ) for the higher ( lower ) roof depend on its profile and are taken as equal to:
0.5 for plane roofs with slopes @ < 20 and vaulted roofs with f< +03 for plane roofs with slopes p > 20 and vaulted roofs with f >$
The coefficients m, and ma may be adjusted to take into account conditions for transfer of snow on the roof
surface ( that is, wind, temperature, etc. ).
NOTE - The other condition of loading also shall be tried.

Copyright
implementing the standard, of necessary detaik, such as symbols and sizes, type or grade designations.
of BIS Handbook and Standards Monthly Additions.

Amend No.
Date of Issue
Text Affected

Headquarters:
Telephones: 323 0131,323 33 75,323 94 02
Regional Offices:
Telephone
C e n t r a l : Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg

NEW DELHI 110002
323 76 17,323 38 41
E a s t e r n : l/14 C.I.T. Scheme VII M, V.I.P. Road, Maniktola

CALCUTTA 700054
337 84 99,337 85 61
337 86 26,337 9120
Northern : SCO.335336, Sector 34-A CHANDIGARH 160022
60 38 43
1 60 20 25
Southern : C.I.T. Campus, IV Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113
235 02 16,235 04 42
1 235 15 19,235 23 15

MUMBAI 400093
832 92 95,832 78 58
{ 832 78 91,832 78 92
Branches : AHMADABAD. BANGALORE. BHOPAL. BHUBANESHWAR.

COIMBATORE. FARIDABAD. GHAZIABAD. GUWAHATI.
HYDERABAD. JAlPUR. KANPUR. LUCKNOW. NAGPUR.
PATNA. PUNE. THIRUVANANTHAPURAM.
Printed by Reprography Unit, BIS, New Delhi
IS : 875( Part 5 ) - 1997

( Reeed
1997 )
Indian Standard

PART 5 SPECIAL LOADS AND COMBINATIONS
( Second Revision )
Fourth Reprint NOVEMBER 1997
UDC
BURRAU
MANAK
624'042:006'76
IS : 875 ( Part 5 ) - 1987
Igdian Standard
CODE OF PRACTICE F6R
PART 5 SPECIAL LOADS AND LOAD COMBINATIONS
(
Structural
Second Revision )
Safety Sectional
Committee,
BDC
37
R~prcssnting
Chqirman
BBIQ DE L. V. RAYAKRI~~NA
Engineer-in-Chiefs
New Delhi
Branch,
Army Headquarters,
MNl?lbrrt
Bharat Heavy Electricals
Limited,
Corporate
Research
&
Development
Division,
Hyderabad
SHBI M. S. BHATIA
In perronal capacity ( A-2136, Safdarjang Enclave,
New Delhi )
SHEI N. K. BEATTACEABYA
Engineer-in-Chiefs
Branch, Army Headquarters,
New Delhi
SHBI S. K. MALHOTI~A [ Allsraals 1
DE S. C. CHAKRABARTI
den;tr~rk~t$lding
Research
Institute
( CSIR ),
DR K. G. BHATIA
SHBI A. DAT~A ( Alfernate )

CHIEF ENQINEEB ( ND2 ) II
Central Public Works Department, New Delhi
STJPERINTBNDINQSURVEYOR OF
WOBKE ( NDZ ) II ( Altsrnats 1
DE P. DAYABATNAM
Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur
DB A. S. R. SAI ( Altarnats )
Bombay,
D~UTY
MUNICIPAL COYMISSI- Municipal
Corporation
of Greater
ONpa ( ENQo )
Bombay
CITY ENQINEI~R ( Altern& )
DIBEOTOR ( CMDD-I )
Central Water Commission, New Delhi
DEPUTY DIBEC~O~ ( CMDD-I ) ( Altcmats )
MAJ-Gm
A. M. GOQLEKAB
Institution of Engineers ( India ), Calcutta
PBO~ D. N. TBIKHA ( Altmnatr j
( Continurd on page 2 )
0
BUREAU
coplright 1988
OF INDIAN
STANDARDS
This publication is protected under the Zndian Copyright Act ( XIV of 1957 ) and
reproduction in whole or in part by any means except with written permission of the
publisher shall be deemed to be an infringement of copyright under the said Act.
IS : 875 ( Part 5 ) - 1987

( Continasdfrom @gc 1 )
Members
S~nr
Rep.wnting
A. C. GWPTA
Nati;:
Snap P. SEN GUPTA

Soar M. M. Grtosn ( Aft~r~k
SHBI G. B. JAHAQIRDAR
J o I N T DIRECTOR STANDARDS
(B&S ), CB
Sxsr S. P. JO~HI
SHRI A. P. MULL ( Alternate )
SHBI S. R. KTJLKARNI
Saal S. N. PAL ( Alternate )
SEW H. N. MISHBA
DzIymal
Power
StewaFts and Lloyda

)
National
Industrial
Ltd, New Delhi
Ministry of Railways
Corporation
of India Ltd, Calcutta

Development
Tata Consulting
Engineers,
M. N. Dastur
& Co, Calcutta
Forest Research
Dun
Ltd,
Institute
Corporation
New Delhi
and
Colleges,
SHBI R. K. PUNEANI ( Alternate )

Engineers India Ltd, New Delhi
SHRI T. K. D. MUNSHI
National
Council
for Cement
&
DR C. RAJKU~A~
Materials, New Delhi
Da M. N. KESHWA RAO
Struc;;;iaxrgineering
Research Centre
Debra
Building
( CSIR 1.
SHBI M. V. DHABAIVEEPATEY ( Altcrnafu )

SHRI T. N. SUBBA RAO
Gammon
India Ltd, Bombay
DR S. V. LONEAR ( Alkrnafr )
SBEI P. K. RAY
Indian Engineering
Association,
Calcutta
SHRI P. K. MUKHERJEE ( Altcrnofe )
SHRI S. SEETEAR~MAN
Ministry
of Surface
Transport
( Roads Wing ),
New Delhi
SHRI
S. P. CEAKRABORTY \ Alternate )
Srrnr M. C. SHARMA
Indian Meteorological
Department,
New Delhi
SHRI K. S. SRINIVAYAN
National Buildings Organization,
New Delhi
SHLU A. K. LAL ( Altcrnafc)
SHRI SUSHIL Knri~
National Building Construction
Corporation
Ltd,
New Delhi
Snnr G. RAMAN.
Director General, BIS ( Ex-o&io Mmbcr )
Director ( CivEngg )
SHRI B. R. NARAYANAPPA
Deputy Director ( Civ Engg ), BIS
( Conlinud on page 18 )
IS t 875( Part 5 ) - 1987
Indian Standard
PART 5
SPECIAL LOADS AND LOAD COMBINATIONS
( Second Revision )
0.
FOREWORD
0.1 This Indian Standard

( Part 5 ) ( Second Revision ) was adopted by
the Bureau of Indian Standards on 3 1 August 1987, after the draft finalized by the Structural
Safety Sectional
Committee
had been approved by
the Civil Engineering
Division Council.
0.2 A building
has to perform many
functions
satisfac orily. Amongst
these functions are the utility of the building
for the intended
use and
with hygienic,
occupancy,
structural
safety, fire safety; and compliance
ganitation,
ventilation
and day light standards.
The design of the building
is dependent
upon the minimum
requirements
prescribed
for each of the
above functions.
The minimum
requirements
pertaining
to the structural
safety of buildings are being covered in this code by way of laying down
minimum
design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed
loads, snow loads and other external loads, the structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards
recommended
in this
will not only ensure the structural safety of the buildings
code, It is hoped,
which are being designed and constructed
in the country
and thereby
reduce the hazards
to life and property caused by unsafe structures, but
also eliminate the wastage caused by assuming
unnecessarily
heavy loadings. Notwithstanding
what is stated regarding
the structural
safety of
buildings,
the application
of the provisions should be carried out by competent and responsible structural
designer who would satisfy himself that
the structure
designed
in accordance
with this code meets the desired
performance
requirements
when
the same is carried
out according
to
specifications.
0.3 This standard
code of practice
was first published in 1957 for the
guidance of civil engineers, designers and architects associated with planning and design of buildings.
It included
the provisions for basic design
3
IS t 875 ( Part 5 ) - 1987

loads ( dead loads, live loads, wind loads and seismicloads ) to be assumed
in the design of buildings. In its first revision in 1964, the wind pressure
provisions were modified on the basis of studies of wind phenomenon and
its effects on structures, undertaken by the special committee in consultation
with the Indian Meteorological Department. In addition to this, new
clauses on wind loads for butterfly type structures were included; wind
pressure coefficients for sheeted roofs both curved and sloping were modified; seismic load provisions were deleted ( separate code having been
prepared ) and metric system of weights and measurements was adopted.
0.3.1 With the increased adoption of the code, a number of comments
were received on the provisions on live load values adopted for different
occupancies. Simultaneously live load surveys have been carried out in
America, Canada and other countries to arrive at realistic live loads based
on actual determination
of loading ( movable and immovable ) in
different occupancies. Keeping this in view and other developments in the
field of wind engineering, the committee responsible for the preparation of
the standard decided to prepare second revision in the following five parts:
Part 1 Dead loads
Part 3 Wind loads
Part 4 Snow loads
Part 5 Special loads and load combinations.
Earthquake load is covered in a separate standard, namely IS : 1893
1984* which should be considered along with the above loads.
0.3.2 This code ( Part 5 ) deals with loads and load effects ( other than
those covered in Parts 1 to 4, and seismic loads ) due to temperature changes, internally generating stresses ( due to creep, shrinkage,
differential settlement, etc ) in the building and its components, soil and
hydrostatic pressure, accidental loads, etc. This part also includes guidance on load combinations.
0.4 The code has taken into account the prevailing practices in regard to
loading standards followed in this country by the various municipal authorities and has also taken note of the developments in a number of countries
abroad. In the preparation of this code, the following national standards
have been examined:
a) National Building Code of Canada ( 1977 ) Supplement
Canadian Structural Design Manual.
*Criteria for earthquakeresistantdesignof structures( thirdrenision ).
4
No. 4.
I& : 835 ( Part 5 ) - 1987
DS 410-1983 Code of practice for loads for the design of structures. Danish Standards Institution.
NZS 4203-1976 New Zealand Standard General structural design
and design loading for building. Standards Association of New
Zealand.
ANSI A 58.1-1982 American Standard Building code requirements for minimum design loads in buildings and other structures.
b)
i. SCOPE
1.1 This code ( Part 5 ) deals with loads and load effects due to temperature changes, soil and hydrostatic pressures, internally generating stresses
( due to creep, shrinkage, differential settlement, etc ), accidental loads
etc, to be considered in the design of buildings as appropriate.
This part
also includes guidance on load combinations. The nature of loads to be
considered for a particular situation is to be based on engineering
judgement.
2. TEMPERATURE
EFFECTS
2.1 Expansion and contraction due to changes in temperature

of the
materials of a structure shall be considered in design. Provision shall be
made either to relieve the stress by provision of expansion/contraction
joints in accordance with IS : 3414-1968* or design the structure to carry
additional stresses due to temperature effects as appropriate to the
problem.
2.1.1 The temperature range varies for different regions and under
different diurnal and seasonal conditions. The absolute maximum and
minimum temperature which may be expected in different localities in
the country are indicated in Fig. 1 and 2 respectively. These figures may
be used for guidance in assessing the maximum variations of temperature.
2.1.2 The temperatures indicated in Fig. 1 and 2 are the air temperatures in the shade. The range of variation in temperature of the building
materials may be appreciably greater or less than the variation of air
temperature and is influenced by the condition of exposure and the rate at
which the materials composing the structure absorb or radiate heat. This
difference in temperature variations of the material and air should be given
due consideration.
2.1.3 The structural analysis must take into account: (a) changes of the
mean ( through the section ) temperature in relation to the initial temperature ( st ), and (b) the temperature gradient through the section,
*Code of practice for designand installationofjoints in buildings.
fS t 835 ( Part 5 ) - 19&t
The territorial
measllred
from
Based upon
Survey
~0 Government
Responsibility
waterr of India
the appropriate
of India
of India
map
Copyright
for the correctness
FIG. 1
extend into
base line.
with
the sea to a distance
the permission
of
of the Surveyor
twelve
nautical
General
of India.
1993
of internal
details
rests with the publishers,
CHART SHOWINGHIGHESTMAXIMUMTEMPERATURE
6
milar
IS I 875 ( Part 5 ) - 1987
?2
60
,/.s
I
I
76
\.
60
\
66
I
,.
66
92
MAP
The territorial waters of India extend into the sea to a distance

measured from the appropriate base line.
Baaedupon Survey of India map with the permission

Q Government
Responsibility
of India Copyright
for the correctness
Fxo.
CHART
OF INDIA
of twelve
of the Surveyor
General
nautical
of India.
1993
of internal
&~Y,v~N~
details
rests with the publishers.
LOWESTMINIMUMTEMPERATURE
7
miles
IS : 875 (. Part 5 ) - 1981

2.1.3.1 It should be borne in mind that the changes of mean temperature in relation to the initial are liable to differ as between one structural
element and another in buildings or structures, as for example, between
the external walls and the internal elements of a building. The distribution
of temperature through section of single-leaf structural elements may be
assumed linear for the purpose of analysis.
2.1.3.2 The effect of mean temperature
changes tl, and ts, and the
temperature gradients u1 and vs in the hot and cold seasons for single-leaf
structural elements shall be evaluated ori the basis of analytical principles.
Nom 1 - For portions of the structure below ground level, the variation of
temperature is generally insignificant. However, during the period of construction
when the portions of the structure are exposed to weather
elements, adequate provision should be made to encounter adverse effects, if any.
NOTE 2 - If it can be shown by engineering principles, 0; if it is known from
experience,
that neglect of some or all the effects of tern erature do not affect the
structural safety and rerviceability, they need not be cons~3 ered in design.
3. HYDROSTATIC
AND SOIL PRESSURE
3.1 In the design ofstructures or parts of structures below ground level,

such as retaining walls and other walls in basement floors. the pressure
exerted by soil or water or both shall be duly accounted for on the basis
of established theories. Due allowance shall be made for possible surcharge
from stationary or moving loads. When a portion or whole of the soil is
below the free water surface, the lateral earth pressure shall be evaluated
for weight of soil diminished by buoyancy and the full hydrostatic pressure.
3.1.1 All foundation slabs and other footings subjected to water pressure shall be designed to resist a uniformly
distributed uplift equal to the
of overturning of foundation
under
full hydrostatic
pressure. Checking
considering
buoyant
wei ght of
submerged
condition
shall
be done
foundation.
3.2 While determining the lateral soil pressure on column like structural
members, such as pillars which rest in sloping soils, the width of the
member shall be taken as follows ( see Fig. 3 ):
Ratio of Effective Width to
Actual Width
Actual Width of Member
Beyond 0.5 m and up to 1 m
3-o
3.0 to 2.0
Beyond
2-o
Less than O-5 m

1m
The
relieving
pressure
of soil in front of the
concerned may generally not be taken into account.
structural
member
-f
IS : 875 ( Part 5 ) - 1987
2b TO 3b
Fro. 3
SKETCH SHOWING EFFECTIVE WIDTH OF PILLAR FOR CALCULATINO

SOIL PRESSURE
3.3 Safe guarding

ing and horizontal
able effect shall be
lr~z~t;;;
to the
of structures and structural members against over-tumsliding shall be verified. Imposed loads having favot+
disregarded for the purpose. Due consideration shall
possibility of soil being permanently or temporarily
4. FATIGUE
4.1 General - Fatigue cracks are usually initiated at points of high stress
concentration. These stress concentrations may be caused by or associated
with holes ( such as bolt or rivet holes in steel structures ), welds including stray or fusions in steel structures, defects in materials, and local and
general changes in geometry of members. The cracks usually propogate
if loading is continuous.
Where there is such loading cycles, sudden changes of shape of a
member or part of a member, specially in regions of tensile stress and/or
local secondary bending, shall be avoided, Suitable steps shall be taken to
avoid critical vibrations due to wind and other causes.
4.2 Where necessary, permissible stresses shall be reduced to allow for the
effects of fatigue. Allowance for fatigue shall be made for combinations of
stresses due to dead load and imposed load. Stresses due to wind and
earthquakes may be ignored when fatigue is being considered unless otherwise specified in the relevant codes of practice.
9
18:875(Part5)-1687
Each element of the structure shall be designed for the number of
stress cycles of each magnitude to which it is estimated that the element
is liable to be subjected during the expected life of the structure. The
number of cycles of each magnitude shall be estimated~ in the light of
available data regarding the probable frequency of occurrence of each type
of loading.
NOTB- Apart from the general observations made herein the code is unable
to provide any precise guidance in estimating the probablistic behaviour and response
of structures of various types arising out of repetitive loading approaching
fatigue
conditions in structural members, joints, materials, etc.
5. STRUCTURAL
SAFETY DURING
CONSTRUCTION
5.1 All loads required to be carried by the structures or any part of it

due to storage or positioning of construction materials and erection equipment including all loads due to operation of such equipment, shall be
considered as erection loads. Proper provision shall be made, including
temporary bracings to take care of all stresses due to erection loads. The
structure as a whole and all parts of structure in conjunction with the
temporary bracings shall be capable of sustaining these erection loads
without exceeding the permissible stresses specified in respective codes of
practice. Dead load, wind load and such parts of imposed load as would
be imposed on the structure during the period of erection shall be taken
as acting together with erection loads.
6. ACCIDENTAL
LOADS
6.0 General-The
occurrence of accidental loads with a significant value,
is unlikely on a given structure over the period oftime under consideration,
and also in most cases is of short duration. The occurrence of an accidental
load could in many cases be expected to cause severe consequences unless
special measures are taken:
The accidental
following:
loads arising out of human
action
include
the
a) Impacts and collisions,

b) Explosions, and
c) Fire.
Characteristic of the above stated loads are that they are not a comequence of normal use and that they are undesired, and that extensive
efforts are made to avoid them. As a result, the probability of occurrence
of an accidental load is small whereas the consequences may be severe.
10
IS: 875 (Parts)-
1987
The causes of accidental loads may be:

a) inadequate safety of equipment ( due to poor design or poor
maintenance ); and
b) wrong operation ( due to insufficient teaching or training, indisposition, negligence or unfavourable external circumstances ).
In most cases, accidental loads only develop under a combination of
several unfavourable occurrence. In practical applications, it may be nccessary to neglect the most unlikely loads. The probability of occurrence of
accidental loads which are neglected may differ for different consequences
of a possible failure. A data base for a detailed calculation of the probability will seldom be available.
NOTE- Dcfcrmination of Accidsrrtal Loads - Types and magnitude of accidental
loads should preferably be based on a risk analysis.
The analysis should consider all
preventive
measures for
factors influencing the magnitude
of the action, including
accidental
situations.
Generally,
only the principal
load bearing system need be
designed for relevant ultimate limit statea.
6.1 Impacts
and Collisions
6.1.1 General - During

an impact,
the kinetic
impact energy has to be
absorbed by the vehicle hitting the structure and by the structure itself.
In an accurate analysis, the probabihty of occurrence of an impact with a
certain energy and the deformation characteristics of the object hitting
the structure and the structure itself at the actual place nhust be considered. Impact energies for dropped objects should be based on the actual
loading capacity and lifting height.
Common sources of impact are:

a) vehicles;
b) dropped objects from cranes, fork lifts, etc;
c) cranes out of control, crane failures; and
d) flying fragments.
The codal requirements regarding impact from
are given in 6.1.2 and 6.1.3.
vehicles and cranes
6.1.2 Collisions Between Vehicles and Structural Elements - In road tra&z,

the requirement that a structure shall be able to resist collision may be
assumed to be fulfilled if it is demonstrated that the structural element is
able to stop a fictitious vehicle, as described in the following. It is assumed that the vehicle strikes the structural element at height of 1.2 m in any
possible direction and at a speed of 10 m/s ( 36 km/h ).
11
IS : 875 ( Part 5 ) - 1987

The fictitious vehicle shall be considered to consist of two masses
ml and ma which during compression of the vehicle produce an impact
force increasing uniformly from zero, corresponding to the rigidities Cr
and Cs. It is assumed that the mass ml is breaked completely before the
braking of mass m, begins.
The following numerical
values should be used:
ml = 400 kg, Cr = 10 000 kN per m the vehicle is compressed.

ms = 12 no0 kg, Cs = 300 kN per m the vehicle is compressed.
NOTE- The described fictitious collision corresponds in the case of a non-elastic
structural element to a maximum static force of 630 kN for the mass ml and 600 kN
for the mass ms irrespective of the elasticity.
It will, therefore, be on the safe side to
assume the static force to be 630 kN.
In addition, braking of the mass ml will result in an impact wave,

the effect of which will depend to a great extent on the kind of structural
element concerned. Consequently, it will not always be sufficient to design
for the static force.
6.1.3 Safe0 Railings - With regard to safety railings put up to protect
structures against collision due to road traffic, it should be shown that the
railings are able to resist on impact as described in 6.1.2.
NOTE - When a vehicle collides with safety railings, the kinetic energy of the
veh+e will be absorbed in part by the deformation
of the railings and, in part by
the deformation of the vehicle. The part of the kinetic energy which the railings
should be able to absorb without breaking down may be determined on the basis of
the assumed rigidity of the vehicle during the compression.
6.1.4 Crane Impact Load on BuJer Stab - The basic horizontal load Py
( tonnes ), acting along the crane track produced by impact of the crane
on the buffer stop, is calculated by the following formula:
where
V-
speed at which the crane is travelling at the moment of

impact ( assumed equal to half the nominal value ) (m/s>;
F = maximum shortening of the buffer, assumed equal to 0.1
m for light duty, medium-duty and heavy-duty cranes with
flexible load suspension and loading capacity not exceeding 50 t, and O-2 m in every other cranes; and
M - the reduced crane mass (t.s*/m); and is obtained by the
formula:
M
a-
(4 + Q)
; [++
12
-Qq
IS z 875 ( Part 5 ) - 1987

where
g = acceleration due to gravity ( 9.81 m/s* );
Ph = crane bridge weight (t);
Pt = crab weight (t);
k = a coefficient, assumed equal to zero for cranes with flexible
load suspension and equal to one for cranes with rigid
suspension;
Q = crane loading capacity (t);
Lk = crane span (m); and
1 = nearness of crab (m).
6.2 Explosions
6.2.1 General - Explosions may cause impulsive loading on a structure.
The following types of explosions are particularly relevant:
a) Internal gas explosions which may be caused by leakage of gas
piping ( including piping outside the room ), evaporation from
volatile liquids or unintentional evaporation from surface material ( for example, fire );
b)
c)
d)
e)
Internal dust explosions;

Boiler failure;
External gas cloud explosions; and
External explosions of high-explosives ( TNT, dynamite ).
The coda1 requirement regarding

in 6.2.2.
internal gas explosions is given
6.2.2 Explosion Efect in Closed Rooms - Gas explosion may be caused,

for example, by leaks in gas pipes ( inclusive of pipes outside the room ),
evaporation from volatile liquids or unintentional evaporation of gas from
wall sheathings ( for example, caused by fire ).
NOTE 1 - The
concentration
of the
the explosion.
and
with little possibility
sures may occur.
effect of explosiona depends on the exploding

medium,
the
explosion,
the shape of the room, possibilities of ventilation
of
the ductility and dynamic properties of the structure.
In rooms
for relief of the pressure from the explosion,
very large pres-
Internal overpressure from an internal gas explosion in rooms of sizes comparable to residential
rooms and with ventilation
areas consisting
of window
glass
breaking at a pressure of 4 kN/m ( 3-4 mm machine made glass ) may be calculated
from the following method:
a) The overpressure
is assumed to depend on a factor A/V, where A is the total
window area in m, V is the volume in m* of the room considered.
13
18:875(PartS)-1387
b) The internal prersure is assumed
Room in one closed room.
to act simultaneously
c) The action q. may be taken M static
upon
all walls
and
action.
If account ir taken of the time curve of action, the following ( Fig. 4 ) rchematic
correqondence
between pressure and time is arrumed, where 11 is the time from the
atart of combustion
until maximum
prerrure ia reached, and f, is the &me from
maximum
pressure to the end of comburtion.
For 11 and t,. the most unfavourable
valuer rhould
be chosen in relation
to the dynamic proper&a
of the structures.
However, the valuer should be chosen within the intervals as given in Fig. 5.
Noxut 2 - Figure 4 is based on tertr with gar explosions in room corresponding
to ordinary
residential
flats and rhould, therefore,
not be applied to considerably
different conditions.
The figure corresponds to an explosion caurpd by town gas and
it might therefore, be somewhat on the safe aide in rooms where there is only the
poaSbility of gaKI with a lower rate of combustion.
The prenure may he applied solely in one room or in more rooma at the same
time. In the latter case, all room8 are incorporated
in the volume V. Only windows
or other similarly
weak and light weight
structural clementr
may be taken to be
ventilation areaa even through certain limited structural
parts break at pressures less
than qO.
Figure 4 is given purely BS guide and probability of occurrence

should be checked in each case using appropriate values.
of an explosion
6.3 Vertical Load on Air Raid Shelters

6.3.1 Characteristic Values - As regards buildings in which the individual floors are acted upon by a total characteristic imposed action of up
to 5.8 kN/ma, vertical actions on air raid shelters generally locared below
ground level, for example, basement, etc, should be considered to have
the following characteristic values:
a) Buildings with up to 2 storeys
28 kN/m*
b) Buildings with 3 to 4 storeys

c) Buildings with more than 4 storeys
d) Buildings of particularly stable construction
irrespective of the number of storeys
34 kN/m*
41 kN/m*
28 kN/ms
In the case of buildings with floors that are acted upon by a characteristic imposed action larger than 5.0 kN/m*, the above values should be
increased by the difference between the average imposed action on all
storeys above the one concerned and 5-O kN/m*.
NOTE 1 - By storeys it is understood,
every
utilizable
storey above the shelter,
NOTE 2 - By buildings of a particular stable construction it is understood, buildinFs in which the load-bearing atructurea are made from reinforced in-situ concrete,
14
IS : 875 ( Part 5 ) - 1987
-m
V
Flo.-4
SKETCHSHOWING
RELATIONB-N
-1
PRESSUREAND TIME
e
IkN/m2) t
FICL 5 SKETCH
SHOWING
TIME INTERVAL
AND
PRESSURE
6.4 Fire
6.4.1 General - Possible extraordinary loads during a fire may be
considered as accidental actions, Examples are loads from people along
escape routes and loads on another structure from structure failing because
of d tie.
6.4.2 Thermal Efect During Fire - The thermal effect during fire may
be determined from one of the following methods:
resistance
required fire
a) Time-temperature
curve and the
( minutes ), or
b) Energy balance method.
If the thermal effect during fire is determined
method, the fire load is taken to be:
Q = 12tb
15
from energy balance
1s : 875 ( Part 5 ) - 1987

where
q =
tb =
fire action ( K J per m* floor ), and

required fire resistance ( minutes ) ( see IS : 1642-1960*
).
The fire action is defined as the total quantity of heat produced by

complete combustion of all combustible material in the fire compartment,
inclusive
of stored goods and equipment
together with building structures and building
materials.
NOTE -
7. OTHER
LOADS
7.1 Other loads not included in the present code such as special loads
due to technical process, moisture and shrinkage effects, etc, should be
taken into account where stipulated by building design codes or established
in accordance with the performance requirement of the structure.
8. LOAD COMBINATIONS
8.0 General - A judicious combination of the loads ( specified in Parts 1
to 4 of this standard and earthquake ), keeping in view the probability of:
a) their acting together, and
b) their disposition in relation to other loads and severity of stresses
or deformations caused by combinations of the various loads is
necessary to ensure the required safety and economy in the design
of a structure.
8.1 Load Combinations
- Keeping the aspect specified in 8.8, the various loads should, therefore, be combined in accordance with thestipulations
in the relevant design codes. In the absence of such recommendations,
the following loading combinations, whichever combination
produces the
most unfavourable effect in the building, foundation or structural member
concerned may be adopted ( as a general guidance ). It should also be
recognized in load combinations that the simultaneous occurrence of maximum values of wind, earthquake, imposed and snow loads is not likely,
a) DL
b) DL+IL
c) DLf WL
d) DL+EL
e) DL+TL
f) DL+IL+
WL
g) DL+IL+EL
*Code of
practice
for safety of buildings
construction.
16
( general
) : Materials
and
details
of
IS : 875 ( Part 5 ) - 1987

h) DL+ IL+ 71,
.i) DLi- WL-t_ TL

k) DL+EL+
7-L
m) DL+ILfWL+TL
n) DL+IL+EL+TL
( DL
EL =
dead load, IL = imposed

load, WL = wind load,
earthquake load, IL = temperature load ).
NOTE 1 - When snow load is present on roofs,

load for the purpose of above load combinations.
replace
imposed
load
by
snow
NOTE 2 - The relevant

design codes shall be followed
for permissible
stresses
when the structure
is -designed
by working stress method and for partial safety factors
when the structure
is designed
by limit state design method
for each of the above
load combinations.
NOTE 3 - Whenever
imposed load (IL) is combined
the appropriate
part of imposed load as specified
in IS
both for evaluating
earthquake
effect and for combined
combination.
with earthquake
load (EL),
should be used
load effects used in such
: 1893- 1984f
NOTE 4For the purpose of stability

of the structure
as a whole against
overturning,
the restoring
moment
shall he not less than
12 times the maximum
overturning
moment
due to dead load plus 14 times the maxrmum
overturning
moment
dlle to imposed loads. In cases where dead load provides
the restoring
moment,
only
0.9 times the dead load shall be considered.
The restoring
moments
due to imposed
loads shall be ignored.
under
times
shall have a factor against sliding

NOTE 5 - The structure
the most adverse combination
of the applied
loads/forces.
the dead load shall be taken into account.
of not less than 14

In this case, only 09
NOTE 6 -Where
the bearing
pressure on soil due to wind alone is less than 25
percent of that due to dead load and imposed load, it may
be neglected
in design.
Where this exceeds 25 percent foundation
may be so proportioned
that the pressure
due to combined
effect of dead load, imposed
load and wind load does not exceed
the allowable
bearing pressure by more than 25 percent.
When
earthquake
effect is
included,
the permissible
increase
is allowable
bearing pressure
in the soil shall be in
accordance
with IS : 1893-1984*.
Reduced
imposed load (IL) specified iti. Part 2 of this rtandard
for the design
of
supporting
structures
should not be applied
in combination
with earthquake
forces.
load combinations
NOTE 7 - Other loads and accidental
with appropriately.
are covered
under
NOTE 8 - Crane load combinations
( see 6.4 of Part 2 of this standard
).
not included
should
dealt
*Criteria
for earthquake
resrstant
design
of structures
17
(jourth
Part
2 of this standard
rsuision ).
be
IS : 875 CPart 5 ) - 1987
Panel on Loads ( Other than Wind Loads ), BDC 37 : P3

Repesenting
Convener
SHRI T.N. SUBBARAO

DR S. V. LONKAR ( Altcrnafr )
Gammon
India Limited,
Bombay
Members
SHRIS. R. E(ULEARN1
SHRI M. L. MEH~A
SHRI S. K. DATTA ( Alternate )
SHRI T. V. S. R. APP~ RAO
SHRI NAGESH
R. DYER (Ahmfe
SARI C. N. SRINIVASAN
SUPERINTENDIXQ EXQINEER ( D )
M. N. Dastur 6 Co Ltd, Calcutta

Metallurgical & Engineering Consultants
Ltd, Ranchi
Structural Engineering
Campus, Madras
Research
( India )
Centre,
CSIR
C. R. Narayana Rao, Madras

Central
Public
Works Department
Designs Organization ), New Delhi
EXECUTIVE ENGINEER ( D ) VII ( AIternuta)

National
Council
for Cement
DR H. C. VISVESVARAYA
Materials, New Delhi
and
( Central
Building

Headquarters:
Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, NEW DELHI 110002
Telephones: 323 0131,323 3375,323 9402
Fax : 91 11 3234062,91 11 3239399,91 11 3239362
Telegrams : Manaksanstha
(Common to all Offices)
Telephone
Central Laboratory:
Plot No. 20/9, Site IV, Sahibabad Industrial Area, Sahibabad 201010
Regional
Central
Eastern
6-77 0032
Uffices:
: Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, NEW DELHI 110002

: 1114CIT Scheme,V!I M, V.I.P. Road, Maniktda, CALCUTTA 700054
Northern : SF0 335-336, Sector 34-A, CHANDIGARH
160022
32376 17
337 66 62
60 38 43
: C3.T. Campus, IV
Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113
23523 15
.;.; <:; .; __
t Western : Manakalaya, E9, BeellTndMarobTelephone Exchange, Andheri (East), , 632 92 95
Southern
MUMBAI 400093
Brsnch Offices:
Pushpak, Nurmohamed Shaikh Marg, Khanpur, AHMEDABAD 360001
550 13 48
$ Peenya Industrial Area, 1st Stage, Bangalore-Tumkur Road,

_ BANGALORE 560056
a39 49 55
Gangotri Complex, 5th Floor, Bhadbhada Road, T.T. Nagar, BHOPAL 462003
554021
Plot No. 62-63, Unit VI, Ganga Nagar, BHUBANESHWAR 751001
40 36 27
Kalaikathir Buildings, 670 Avinashi Road, COIMBATORE 641037
21 01 41
Plot No. 43, Sector 16 A, Mathura Road, FARIDABAD 121001
a-28 66 01
Savitri Complex, 116 G.T. Road, GHAZIABAD 201001
6-71 1996
5315 Ward No. 29, R.G. Barua Road, 5th By-lane, GUWAHATI 761003
541137
5-6-56C, L.N. Gupta Marg, Nampally Station Road, HYDERABAD 500001
201083
E-52d Chkaranjan Marg. C-Scheme, JAIPUR 302001
37 29 25
lliI416
21 66 76
B, Sarvodaya Nagar, KANPUR 206005
Seth Bhawan, 2nd Floor, Behind Leela Cinema, Naval Kishore Road,
LUCKNOW 226001
23 69 23
NIT Building, Second Floor, Gokulpat Market, NAGPUR 440010
52 51 71
Patliputra Industrial Estate, PATNA 600013
26 23 05
Institution of Engineers (India) Building 1332 Shivaji Nagar, PUNE 411005
32 36 35
T.C. No. 14/1421, University PO. Palayam, THIRUVANANTHAPURAM
621 17
695034
Sales Office is at 5 Chowringhee Approach, PO. Princep Street,

CALCUTTA 700072
271085
TSales Office is at Novelty Chambers, Grant Road, MUMBAI 400007
309 65 26
*Sales Office is at F Block, Unity Building, Narashimaraja Square,

.BANGALORE 560002
222 39 71
Printed at Simco Printing Press, Delhi

Is 875 All in One

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Is 875 All in One

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

DEAD LOADS UNIT WEIGHTS OF BUILDING MATERIALS AND

UDC 624.042 : 006.76

MANAK BHAVAN , 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG

IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

TABLE 1 UNIT WEIGHT OF BUILDING MATERIALS

IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

45. Soils and gravels

4. STORE AND MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

APPENDIX A UNIT WEIGHTS OF STORE AND MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

DEAD LOADS UNIT WEIGHTS OF BUILDING MATERIALS AND

0.1 This Indian Standard (Part 1) (Second

w eights and m easurem ents w as adopted.

0.2 A building has to perform m any functions

*Criteria for earthquake resistanT design of structures

IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

NOTE 1 Table 1 gives the unit weight mass of

1.1 This code (Part 1) covers unit weight/mass

2.1 The unit weight/mass of materials used in

UNIT WEIGHT OF BUILDING MATERIALS

5.70 103 to 7.65 103

6. Asbestos Cement Building Pipes

IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

7. Asbestos Cement Gutters

IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

Wood particle boards

High density wood particle boards

NOTE 1 Density of medium hardboard varies from 350 to 800 kg/m3.

14. Brick Chips and Broken Bricks

*Specification for fibre insulation boards.

IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

16. Cast Iron, Manhole Covers

17. Cast Iron, Manhole Frames

20. Cement Concrete, Plain

*Specification for cast iron manhole covers and frames.

IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

21. Cement Concrete, Prestressed

22. Cement Concrete, Reinforced

23. Cement Concrete Pipes

25. Cement Plaster

27. Expanded Metal

*Code of practice for prestressed concrete ( first revision ).

IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

28. Felt, Bituminous for Waterproofing and

30. Glass ( see IS : 2835-1977 )

31. Gutters, Asbestos Cement ( see under 7

IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

35. Linoleum ( see IS : 653-1980* )

Sheets and tiles

36. Masonry, Brick

37. Masonry, Stone

39. Metal sheeting, Protected Galvanized Steel

*Specification for linoleum sheets and tiles ( second revision ).

IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

Standard overall length 1.8 m with

Standard overall length 1.5 m with

Asbestos cement pipes

Asbestos cement pressure pipes

Cast iron Pipes:

Pressure pipes for water, gas and sewage:

IS : 875 (Part 1) - 1987

Sockets for Class LA, Class A and